diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/api.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8caea4d59e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,18679 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package glue + +import ( + "fmt" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +const opBatchCreatePartition = "BatchCreatePartition" + +// BatchCreatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the BatchCreatePartition operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See BatchCreatePartition for more information on using the BatchCreatePartition +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the BatchCreatePartitionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.BatchCreatePartitionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchCreatePartition +func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input *BatchCreatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchCreatePartitionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opBatchCreatePartition, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &BatchCreatePartitionInput{} + } + + output = &BatchCreatePartitionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// BatchCreatePartition API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates one or more partitions in a batch operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation BatchCreatePartition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException" +// A resource to be created or added already exists. +// +// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" +// A resource numerical limit was exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchCreatePartition +func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartition(input *BatchCreatePartitionInput) (*BatchCreatePartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// BatchCreatePartitionWithContext is the same as BatchCreatePartition with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See BatchCreatePartition for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) BatchCreatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchCreatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchCreatePartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opBatchDeleteConnection = "BatchDeleteConnection" + +// BatchDeleteConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the BatchDeleteConnection operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See BatchDeleteConnection for more information on using the BatchDeleteConnection +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteConnectionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteConnection +func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opBatchDeleteConnection, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &BatchDeleteConnectionInput{} + } + + output = &BatchDeleteConnectionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// BatchDeleteConnection API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Deletes a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation BatchDeleteConnection for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteConnection +func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnection(input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) (*BatchDeleteConnectionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// BatchDeleteConnectionWithContext is the same as BatchDeleteConnection with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See BatchDeleteConnection for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteConnectionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opBatchDeletePartition = "BatchDeletePartition" + +// BatchDeletePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the BatchDeletePartition operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See BatchDeletePartition for more information on using the BatchDeletePartition +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the BatchDeletePartitionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.BatchDeletePartitionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeletePartition +func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input *BatchDeletePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeletePartitionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opBatchDeletePartition, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &BatchDeletePartitionInput{} + } + + output = &BatchDeletePartitionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// BatchDeletePartition API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Deletes one or more partitions in a batch operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation BatchDeletePartition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeletePartition +func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartition(input *BatchDeletePartitionInput) (*BatchDeletePartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// BatchDeletePartitionWithContext is the same as BatchDeletePartition with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See BatchDeletePartition for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) BatchDeletePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeletePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeletePartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opBatchDeleteTable = "BatchDeleteTable" + +// BatchDeleteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the BatchDeleteTable operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See BatchDeleteTable for more information on using the BatchDeleteTable +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteTableRequest method. +// req, resp := client.BatchDeleteTableRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTable +func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableRequest(input *BatchDeleteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteTableOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opBatchDeleteTable, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &BatchDeleteTableInput{} + } + + output = &BatchDeleteTableOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// BatchDeleteTable API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Deletes multiple tables at once. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation BatchDeleteTable for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTable +func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTable(input *BatchDeleteTableInput) (*BatchDeleteTableOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchDeleteTableRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// BatchDeleteTableWithContext is the same as BatchDeleteTable with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See BatchDeleteTable for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) BatchDeleteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteTableOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchDeleteTableRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opBatchGetPartition = "BatchGetPartition" + +// BatchGetPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the BatchGetPartition operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See BatchGetPartition for more information on using the BatchGetPartition +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the BatchGetPartitionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.BatchGetPartitionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetPartition +func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartitionRequest(input *BatchGetPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetPartitionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opBatchGetPartition, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &BatchGetPartitionInput{} + } + + output = &BatchGetPartitionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// BatchGetPartition API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves partitions in a batch request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation BatchGetPartition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetPartition +func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartition(input *BatchGetPartitionInput) (*BatchGetPartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchGetPartitionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// BatchGetPartitionWithContext is the same as BatchGetPartition with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See BatchGetPartition for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) BatchGetPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetPartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchGetPartitionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opBatchStopJobRun = "BatchStopJobRun" + +// BatchStopJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the BatchStopJobRun operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See BatchStopJobRun for more information on using the BatchStopJobRun +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the BatchStopJobRunRequest method. +// req, resp := client.BatchStopJobRunRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRun +func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRunRequest(input *BatchStopJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchStopJobRunOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opBatchStopJobRun, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &BatchStopJobRunInput{} + } + + output = &BatchStopJobRunOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// BatchStopJobRun API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Stops a batch of job runs for a given job. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation BatchStopJobRun for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRun +func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRun(input *BatchStopJobRunInput) (*BatchStopJobRunOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchStopJobRunRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// BatchStopJobRunWithContext is the same as BatchStopJobRun with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See BatchStopJobRun for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) BatchStopJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchStopJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchStopJobRunOutput, error) { + req, out := c.BatchStopJobRunRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateClassifier = "CreateClassifier" + +// CreateClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateClassifier operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateClassifier for more information on using the CreateClassifier +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateClassifierRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateClassifierRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateClassifier +func (c *Glue) CreateClassifierRequest(input *CreateClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClassifierOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateClassifier, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateClassifierInput{} + } + + output = &CreateClassifierOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateClassifier API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates a classifier in the user's account. This may be either a GrokClassifier +// or an XMLClassifier. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation CreateClassifier for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException" +// A resource to be created or added already exists. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateClassifier +func (c *Glue) CreateClassifier(input *CreateClassifierInput) (*CreateClassifierOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateClassifierRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateClassifierWithContext is the same as CreateClassifier with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateClassifier for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) CreateClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClassifierOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateClassifierRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateConnection = "CreateConnection" + +// CreateConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateConnection operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateConnection for more information on using the CreateConnection +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateConnectionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateConnectionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateConnection +func (c *Glue) CreateConnectionRequest(input *CreateConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateConnectionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateConnection, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateConnectionInput{} + } + + output = &CreateConnectionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateConnection API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates a connection definition in the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation CreateConnection for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException" +// A resource to be created or added already exists. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateConnection +func (c *Glue) CreateConnection(input *CreateConnectionInput) (*CreateConnectionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateConnectionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateConnectionWithContext is the same as CreateConnection with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateConnection for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) CreateConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateConnectionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateConnectionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateCrawler = "CreateCrawler" + +// CreateCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateCrawler operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateCrawler for more information on using the CreateCrawler +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateCrawlerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateCrawlerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateCrawler +func (c *Glue) CreateCrawlerRequest(input *CreateCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateCrawlerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateCrawler, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateCrawlerInput{} + } + + output = &CreateCrawlerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateCrawler API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates a new crawler with specified targets, role, configuration, and optional +// schedule. At least one crawl target must be specified, in either the s3Targets +// or the jdbcTargets field. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation CreateCrawler for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException" +// A resource to be created or added already exists. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" +// A resource numerical limit was exceeded. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateCrawler +func (c *Glue) CreateCrawler(input *CreateCrawlerInput) (*CreateCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateCrawlerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateCrawlerWithContext is the same as CreateCrawler with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateCrawler for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) CreateCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateCrawlerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateDatabase = "CreateDatabase" + +// CreateDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateDatabase operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateDatabase for more information on using the CreateDatabase +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateDatabaseRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateDatabaseRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDatabase +func (c *Glue) CreateDatabaseRequest(input *CreateDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDatabaseOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateDatabase, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateDatabaseInput{} + } + + output = &CreateDatabaseOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateDatabase API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates a new database in a Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation CreateDatabase for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException" +// A resource to be created or added already exists. +// +// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" +// A resource numerical limit was exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDatabase +func (c *Glue) CreateDatabase(input *CreateDatabaseInput) (*CreateDatabaseOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateDatabaseRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateDatabaseWithContext is the same as CreateDatabase with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateDatabase for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) CreateDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDatabaseOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateDatabaseRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateDevEndpoint = "CreateDevEndpoint" + +// CreateDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateDevEndpoint for more information on using the CreateDevEndpoint +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateDevEndpointRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateDevEndpointRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDevEndpoint +func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpointRequest(input *CreateDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDevEndpointOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateDevEndpoint, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateDevEndpointInput{} + } + + output = &CreateDevEndpointOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates a new DevEndpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation CreateDevEndpoint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException" +// Access to a resource was denied. +// +// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException" +// A resource to be created or added already exists. +// +// * ErrCodeIdempotentParameterMismatchException "IdempotentParameterMismatchException" +// The same unique identifier was associated with two different records. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException" +// A value could not be validated. +// +// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" +// A resource numerical limit was exceeded. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDevEndpoint +func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpoint(input *CreateDevEndpointInput) (*CreateDevEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateDevEndpointRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateDevEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateDevEndpoint with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) CreateDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDevEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateDevEndpointRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateJob = "CreateJob" + +// CreateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateJob operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateJob for more information on using the CreateJob +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateJobRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateJobRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateJob +func (c *Glue) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateJobOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateJob, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateJobInput{} + } + + output = &CreateJobOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateJob API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates a new job. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation CreateJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeIdempotentParameterMismatchException "IdempotentParameterMismatchException" +// The same unique identifier was associated with two different records. +// +// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException" +// A resource to be created or added already exists. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" +// A resource numerical limit was exceeded. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateJob +func (c *Glue) CreateJob(input *CreateJobInput) (*CreateJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateJobWithContext is the same as CreateJob with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateJob for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) CreateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreatePartition = "CreatePartition" + +// CreatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreatePartition operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreatePartition for more information on using the CreatePartition +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreatePartitionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreatePartitionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartition +func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionRequest(input *CreatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePartitionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreatePartition, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreatePartitionInput{} + } + + output = &CreatePartitionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreatePartition API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates a new partition. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation CreatePartition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException" +// A resource to be created or added already exists. +// +// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" +// A resource numerical limit was exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartition +func (c *Glue) CreatePartition(input *CreatePartitionInput) (*CreatePartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreatePartitionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreatePartitionWithContext is the same as CreatePartition with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreatePartition for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) CreatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreatePartitionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateScript = "CreateScript" + +// CreateScriptRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateScript operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateScript for more information on using the CreateScript +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateScriptRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateScriptRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateScript +func (c *Glue) CreateScriptRequest(input *CreateScriptInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateScriptOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateScript, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateScriptInput{} + } + + output = &CreateScriptOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateScript API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Transforms a directed acyclic graph (DAG) into a Python script. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation CreateScript for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateScript +func (c *Glue) CreateScript(input *CreateScriptInput) (*CreateScriptOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateScriptRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateScriptWithContext is the same as CreateScript with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateScript for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) CreateScriptWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateScriptInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateScriptOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateScriptRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateTable = "CreateTable" + +// CreateTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateTable operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateTable for more information on using the CreateTable +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateTableRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateTableRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTable +func (c *Glue) CreateTableRequest(input *CreateTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTableOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateTable, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateTableInput{} + } + + output = &CreateTableOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateTable API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates a new table definition in the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation CreateTable for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException" +// A resource to be created or added already exists. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" +// A resource numerical limit was exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTable +func (c *Glue) CreateTable(input *CreateTableInput) (*CreateTableOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateTableRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateTableWithContext is the same as CreateTable with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateTable for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) CreateTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTableOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateTableRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateTrigger = "CreateTrigger" + +// CreateTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateTrigger operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateTrigger for more information on using the CreateTrigger +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateTriggerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateTriggerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTrigger +func (c *Glue) CreateTriggerRequest(input *CreateTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTriggerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateTrigger, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateTriggerInput{} + } + + output = &CreateTriggerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateTrigger API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates a new trigger. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation CreateTrigger for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException" +// A resource to be created or added already exists. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" +// A resource numerical limit was exceeded. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTrigger +func (c *Glue) CreateTrigger(input *CreateTriggerInput) (*CreateTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateTriggerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateTriggerWithContext is the same as CreateTrigger with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateTrigger for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) CreateTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateTriggerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateUserDefinedFunction = "CreateUserDefinedFunction" + +// CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the CreateUserDefinedFunction +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateUserDefinedFunction +func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateUserDefinedFunction, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput{} + } + + output = &CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates a new function definition in the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation CreateUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException" +// A resource to be created or added already exists. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateUserDefinedFunction +func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunction(input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as CreateUserDefinedFunction with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) CreateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteClassifier = "DeleteClassifier" + +// DeleteClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteClassifier operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteClassifier for more information on using the DeleteClassifier +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteClassifierRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteClassifierRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteClassifier +func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifierRequest(input *DeleteClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClassifierOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteClassifier, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteClassifierInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteClassifierOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteClassifier API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Removes a classifier from the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation DeleteClassifier for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteClassifier +func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifier(input *DeleteClassifierInput) (*DeleteClassifierOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteClassifierRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteClassifierWithContext is the same as DeleteClassifier with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteClassifier for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) DeleteClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClassifierOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteClassifierRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteConnection = "DeleteConnection" + +// DeleteConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteConnection operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteConnection for more information on using the DeleteConnection +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteConnectionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteConnectionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteConnection +func (c *Glue) DeleteConnectionRequest(input *DeleteConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteConnectionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteConnection, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteConnectionInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteConnectionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteConnection API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Deletes a connection from the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation DeleteConnection for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteConnection +func (c *Glue) DeleteConnection(input *DeleteConnectionInput) (*DeleteConnectionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteConnectionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteConnectionWithContext is the same as DeleteConnection with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteConnection for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) DeleteConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteConnectionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteConnectionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteCrawler = "DeleteCrawler" + +// DeleteCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteCrawler operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteCrawler for more information on using the DeleteCrawler +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteCrawlerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteCrawlerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteCrawler +func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawlerRequest(input *DeleteCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteCrawlerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteCrawler, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteCrawlerInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteCrawlerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteCrawler API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Removes a specified crawler from the Data Catalog, unless the crawler state +// is RUNNING. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation DeleteCrawler for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException "CrawlerRunningException" +// The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running. +// +// * ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException "SchedulerTransitioningException" +// The specified scheduler is transitioning. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteCrawler +func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawler(input *DeleteCrawlerInput) (*DeleteCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteCrawlerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteCrawlerWithContext is the same as DeleteCrawler with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteCrawler for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) DeleteCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteCrawlerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteDatabase = "DeleteDatabase" + +// DeleteDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteDatabase operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteDatabase for more information on using the DeleteDatabase +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDatabaseRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteDatabaseRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDatabase +func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabaseRequest(input *DeleteDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDatabaseOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteDatabase, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteDatabaseInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteDatabaseOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteDatabase API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Removes a specified Database from a Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation DeleteDatabase for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDatabase +func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabase(input *DeleteDatabaseInput) (*DeleteDatabaseOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteDatabaseRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteDatabaseWithContext is the same as DeleteDatabase with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteDatabase for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) DeleteDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDatabaseOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteDatabaseRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteDevEndpoint = "DeleteDevEndpoint" + +// DeleteDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteDevEndpoint for more information on using the DeleteDevEndpoint +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDevEndpointRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteDevEndpointRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDevEndpoint +func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDevEndpointOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteDevEndpoint, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteDevEndpointInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteDevEndpointOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Deletes a specified DevEndpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation DeleteDevEndpoint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDevEndpoint +func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpoint(input *DeleteDevEndpointInput) (*DeleteDevEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteDevEndpointWithContext is the same as DeleteDevEndpoint with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) DeleteDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDevEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteJob = "DeleteJob" + +// DeleteJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteJob operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteJob for more information on using the DeleteJob +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteJobRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteJobRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteJob +func (c *Glue) DeleteJobRequest(input *DeleteJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteJobOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteJob, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteJobInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteJobOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteJob API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Deletes a specified job. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation DeleteJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteJob +func (c *Glue) DeleteJob(input *DeleteJobInput) (*DeleteJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteJobRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteJobWithContext is the same as DeleteJob with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteJob for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) DeleteJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteJobRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeletePartition = "DeletePartition" + +// DeletePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeletePartition operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeletePartition for more information on using the DeletePartition +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeletePartitionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeletePartitionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartition +func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionRequest(input *DeletePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePartitionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeletePartition, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeletePartitionInput{} + } + + output = &DeletePartitionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeletePartition API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Deletes a specified partition. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation DeletePartition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartition +func (c *Glue) DeletePartition(input *DeletePartitionInput) (*DeletePartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeletePartitionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeletePartitionWithContext is the same as DeletePartition with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeletePartition for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) DeletePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeletePartitionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteTable = "DeleteTable" + +// DeleteTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteTable operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteTable for more information on using the DeleteTable +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTableRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteTableRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTable +func (c *Glue) DeleteTableRequest(input *DeleteTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTableOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteTable, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteTableInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteTableOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteTable API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Removes a table definition from the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation DeleteTable for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTable +func (c *Glue) DeleteTable(input *DeleteTableInput) (*DeleteTableOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteTableRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteTableWithContext is the same as DeleteTable with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteTable for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) DeleteTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTableOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteTableRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteTrigger = "DeleteTrigger" + +// DeleteTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteTrigger operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteTrigger for more information on using the DeleteTrigger +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTriggerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteTriggerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTrigger +func (c *Glue) DeleteTriggerRequest(input *DeleteTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTriggerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteTrigger, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteTriggerInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteTriggerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteTrigger API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Deletes a specified trigger. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation DeleteTrigger for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTrigger +func (c *Glue) DeleteTrigger(input *DeleteTriggerInput) (*DeleteTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteTriggerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteTriggerWithContext is the same as DeleteTrigger with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteTrigger for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) DeleteTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteTriggerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteUserDefinedFunction = "DeleteUserDefinedFunction" + +// DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the DeleteUserDefinedFunction +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteUserDefinedFunction +func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteUserDefinedFunction, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Deletes an existing function definition from the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation DeleteUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteUserDefinedFunction +func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunction(input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as DeleteUserDefinedFunction with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetCatalogImportStatus = "GetCatalogImportStatus" + +// GetCatalogImportStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetCatalogImportStatus operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetCatalogImportStatus for more information on using the GetCatalogImportStatus +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetCatalogImportStatusRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCatalogImportStatus +func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetCatalogImportStatus, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetCatalogImportStatusInput{} + } + + output = &GetCatalogImportStatusOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetCatalogImportStatus API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves the status of a migration operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetCatalogImportStatus for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCatalogImportStatus +func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatus(input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) (*GetCatalogImportStatusOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetCatalogImportStatusWithContext is the same as GetCatalogImportStatus with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetCatalogImportStatus for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetCatalogImportStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCatalogImportStatusOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetClassifier = "GetClassifier" + +// GetClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetClassifier operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetClassifier for more information on using the GetClassifier +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetClassifierRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetClassifierRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifier +func (c *Glue) GetClassifierRequest(input *GetClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetClassifierOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetClassifier, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetClassifierInput{} + } + + output = &GetClassifierOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetClassifier API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieve a classifier by name. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetClassifier for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifier +func (c *Glue) GetClassifier(input *GetClassifierInput) (*GetClassifierOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetClassifierRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetClassifierWithContext is the same as GetClassifier with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetClassifier for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetClassifierOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetClassifierRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetClassifiers = "GetClassifiers" + +// GetClassifiersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetClassifiers operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetClassifiers for more information on using the GetClassifiers +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetClassifiersRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetClassifiersRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifiers +func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersRequest(input *GetClassifiersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetClassifiersOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetClassifiers, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetClassifiersInput{} + } + + output = &GetClassifiersOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetClassifiers API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Lists all classifier objects in the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetClassifiers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifiers +func (c *Glue) GetClassifiers(input *GetClassifiersInput) (*GetClassifiersOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetClassifiersRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetClassifiersWithContext is the same as GetClassifiers with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetClassifiers for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifiersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetClassifiersOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetClassifiersRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetClassifiersPages iterates over the pages of a GetClassifiers operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetClassifiers method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetClassifiers operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetClassifiersPages(params, +// func(page *GetClassifiersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersPages(input *GetClassifiersInput, fn func(*GetClassifiersOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetClassifiersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetClassifiersPagesWithContext same as GetClassifiersPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetClassifiersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClassifiersInput, fn func(*GetClassifiersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetClassifiersInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetClassifiersRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetClassifiersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetConnection = "GetConnection" + +// GetConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetConnection operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetConnection for more information on using the GetConnection +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetConnectionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetConnectionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnection +func (c *Glue) GetConnectionRequest(input *GetConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetConnectionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetConnection, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetConnectionInput{} + } + + output = &GetConnectionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetConnection API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves a connection definition from the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetConnection for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnection +func (c *Glue) GetConnection(input *GetConnectionInput) (*GetConnectionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetConnectionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetConnectionWithContext is the same as GetConnection with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetConnection for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetConnectionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetConnectionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetConnections = "GetConnections" + +// GetConnectionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetConnections operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetConnections for more information on using the GetConnections +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetConnectionsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetConnectionsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnections +func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsRequest(input *GetConnectionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetConnectionsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetConnections, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetConnectionsInput{} + } + + output = &GetConnectionsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetConnections API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetConnections for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnections +func (c *Glue) GetConnections(input *GetConnectionsInput) (*GetConnectionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetConnectionsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetConnectionsWithContext is the same as GetConnections with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetConnections for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetConnectionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetConnectionsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetConnectionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetConnections operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetConnections method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetConnections operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetConnectionsPages(params, +// func(page *GetConnectionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsPages(input *GetConnectionsInput, fn func(*GetConnectionsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetConnectionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetConnectionsPagesWithContext same as GetConnectionsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetConnectionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConnectionsInput, fn func(*GetConnectionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetConnectionsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetConnectionsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetConnectionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetCrawler = "GetCrawler" + +// GetCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetCrawler operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetCrawler for more information on using the GetCrawler +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetCrawlerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetCrawlerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawler +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerRequest(input *GetCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetCrawler, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetCrawlerInput{} + } + + output = &GetCrawlerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetCrawler API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves metadata for a specified crawler. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetCrawler for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawler +func (c *Glue) GetCrawler(input *GetCrawlerInput) (*GetCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCrawlerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetCrawlerWithContext is the same as GetCrawler with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetCrawler for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCrawlerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetCrawlerMetrics = "GetCrawlerMetrics" + +// GetCrawlerMetricsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetCrawlerMetrics operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetCrawlerMetrics for more information on using the GetCrawlerMetrics +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetCrawlerMetricsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerMetrics +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetCrawlerMetrics, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetCrawlerMetricsInput{} + } + + output = &GetCrawlerMetricsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetCrawlerMetrics API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves metrics about specified crawlers. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetCrawlerMetrics for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerMetrics +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetrics(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetCrawlerMetricsWithContext is the same as GetCrawlerMetrics with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetCrawlerMetrics for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetCrawlerMetricsPages iterates over the pages of a GetCrawlerMetrics operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetCrawlerMetrics method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCrawlerMetrics operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetCrawlerMetricsPages(params, +// func(page *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsPages(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, fn func(*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext same as GetCrawlerMetricsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlerMetricsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, fn func(*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetCrawlerMetricsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetCrawlers = "GetCrawlers" + +// GetCrawlersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetCrawlers operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetCrawlers for more information on using the GetCrawlers +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetCrawlersRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetCrawlersRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlers +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersRequest(input *GetCrawlersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCrawlersOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetCrawlers, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetCrawlersInput{} + } + + output = &GetCrawlersOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetCrawlers API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves metadata for all crawlers defined in the customer account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetCrawlers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlers +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlers(input *GetCrawlersInput) (*GetCrawlersOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCrawlersRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetCrawlersWithContext is the same as GetCrawlers with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetCrawlers for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCrawlersOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCrawlersRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetCrawlersPages iterates over the pages of a GetCrawlers operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetCrawlers method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCrawlers operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetCrawlersPages(params, +// func(page *GetCrawlersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersPages(input *GetCrawlersInput, fn func(*GetCrawlersOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetCrawlersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetCrawlersPagesWithContext same as GetCrawlersPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetCrawlersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCrawlersInput, fn func(*GetCrawlersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetCrawlersInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetCrawlersRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetCrawlersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetDatabase = "GetDatabase" + +// GetDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetDatabase operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetDatabase for more information on using the GetDatabase +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetDatabaseRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetDatabaseRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabase +func (c *Glue) GetDatabaseRequest(input *GetDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDatabaseOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetDatabase, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetDatabaseInput{} + } + + output = &GetDatabaseOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetDatabase API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves the definition of a specified database. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetDatabase for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabase +func (c *Glue) GetDatabase(input *GetDatabaseInput) (*GetDatabaseOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetDatabaseRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetDatabaseWithContext is the same as GetDatabase with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetDatabase for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDatabaseOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetDatabaseRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetDatabases = "GetDatabases" + +// GetDatabasesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetDatabases operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetDatabases for more information on using the GetDatabases +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetDatabasesRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetDatabasesRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabases +func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesRequest(input *GetDatabasesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDatabasesOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetDatabases, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetDatabasesInput{} + } + + output = &GetDatabasesOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetDatabases API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves all Databases defined in a given Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetDatabases for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabases +func (c *Glue) GetDatabases(input *GetDatabasesInput) (*GetDatabasesOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetDatabasesRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetDatabasesWithContext is the same as GetDatabases with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetDatabases for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabasesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDatabasesOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetDatabasesRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetDatabasesPages iterates over the pages of a GetDatabases operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetDatabases method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetDatabases operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetDatabasesPages(params, +// func(page *GetDatabasesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesPages(input *GetDatabasesInput, fn func(*GetDatabasesOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetDatabasesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetDatabasesPagesWithContext same as GetDatabasesPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetDatabasesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDatabasesInput, fn func(*GetDatabasesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetDatabasesInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetDatabasesRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetDatabasesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetDataflowGraph = "GetDataflowGraph" + +// GetDataflowGraphRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetDataflowGraph operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetDataflowGraph for more information on using the GetDataflowGraph +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetDataflowGraphRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetDataflowGraphRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataflowGraph +func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraphRequest(input *GetDataflowGraphInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDataflowGraphOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetDataflowGraph, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetDataflowGraphInput{} + } + + output = &GetDataflowGraphOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetDataflowGraph API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Transforms a Python script into a directed acyclic graph (DAG). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetDataflowGraph for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataflowGraph +func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraph(input *GetDataflowGraphInput) (*GetDataflowGraphOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetDataflowGraphRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetDataflowGraphWithContext is the same as GetDataflowGraph with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetDataflowGraph for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetDataflowGraphWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDataflowGraphInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDataflowGraphOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetDataflowGraphRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetDevEndpoint = "GetDevEndpoint" + +// GetDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetDevEndpoint for more information on using the GetDevEndpoint +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetDevEndpointRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetDevEndpointRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoint +func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointRequest(input *GetDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDevEndpointOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetDevEndpoint, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetDevEndpointInput{} + } + + output = &GetDevEndpointOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves information about a specified DevEndpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetDevEndpoint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoint +func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpoint(input *GetDevEndpointInput) (*GetDevEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetDevEndpointRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetDevEndpointWithContext is the same as GetDevEndpoint with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDevEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetDevEndpointRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetDevEndpoints = "GetDevEndpoints" + +// GetDevEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetDevEndpoints operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetDevEndpoints for more information on using the GetDevEndpoints +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetDevEndpointsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetDevEndpointsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoints +func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsRequest(input *GetDevEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDevEndpointsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetDevEndpoints, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetDevEndpointsInput{} + } + + output = &GetDevEndpointsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetDevEndpoints API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves all the DevEndpoints in this AWS account. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetDevEndpoints for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoints +func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpoints(input *GetDevEndpointsInput) (*GetDevEndpointsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetDevEndpointsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetDevEndpointsWithContext is the same as GetDevEndpoints with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetDevEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDevEndpointsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetDevEndpointsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetDevEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a GetDevEndpoints operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetDevEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetDevEndpoints operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetDevEndpointsPages(params, +// func(page *GetDevEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsPages(input *GetDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*GetDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext same as GetDevEndpointsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetDevEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDevEndpointsInput, fn func(*GetDevEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetDevEndpointsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetDevEndpointsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetDevEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetJob = "GetJob" + +// GetJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetJob operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetJob for more information on using the GetJob +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetJobRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetJobRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJob +func (c *Glue) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetJob, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetJobInput{} + } + + output = &GetJobOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetJob API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves an existing job definition. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJob +func (c *Glue) GetJob(input *GetJobInput) (*GetJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetJobWithContext is the same as GetJob with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetJob for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetJobRun = "GetJobRun" + +// GetJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetJobRun operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetJobRun for more information on using the GetJobRun +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetJobRunRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetJobRunRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRun +func (c *Glue) GetJobRunRequest(input *GetJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobRunOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetJobRun, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetJobRunInput{} + } + + output = &GetJobRunOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetJobRun API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves the metadata for a given job run. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetJobRun for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRun +func (c *Glue) GetJobRun(input *GetJobRunInput) (*GetJobRunOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobRunRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetJobRunWithContext is the same as GetJobRun with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetJobRun for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobRunOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobRunRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetJobRuns = "GetJobRuns" + +// GetJobRunsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetJobRuns operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetJobRuns for more information on using the GetJobRuns +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetJobRunsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetJobRunsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRuns +func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsRequest(input *GetJobRunsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobRunsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetJobRuns, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetJobRunsInput{} + } + + output = &GetJobRunsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetJobRuns API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given job. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetJobRuns for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRuns +func (c *Glue) GetJobRuns(input *GetJobRunsInput) (*GetJobRunsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobRunsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetJobRunsWithContext is the same as GetJobRuns with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetJobRuns for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobRunsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobRunsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetJobRunsPages iterates over the pages of a GetJobRuns operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetJobRuns method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetJobRuns operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetJobRunsPages(params, +// func(page *GetJobRunsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsPages(input *GetJobRunsInput, fn func(*GetJobRunsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetJobRunsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetJobRunsPagesWithContext same as GetJobRunsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetJobRunsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobRunsInput, fn func(*GetJobRunsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetJobRunsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetJobRunsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetJobRunsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetJobs = "GetJobs" + +// GetJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetJobs operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetJobs for more information on using the GetJobs +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetJobsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetJobsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobs +func (c *Glue) GetJobsRequest(input *GetJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetJobs, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetJobsInput{} + } + + output = &GetJobsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetJobs API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves all current jobs. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetJobs for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobs +func (c *Glue) GetJobs(input *GetJobsInput) (*GetJobsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetJobsWithContext is the same as GetJobs with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetJobs for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetJobsPages iterates over the pages of a GetJobs operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetJobs method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetJobs operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetJobsPages(params, +// func(page *GetJobsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetJobsPages(input *GetJobsInput, fn func(*GetJobsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetJobsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetJobsPagesWithContext same as GetJobsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetJobsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobsInput, fn func(*GetJobsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetJobsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetJobsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetJobsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetMapping = "GetMapping" + +// GetMappingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetMapping operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetMapping for more information on using the GetMapping +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetMappingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetMappingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMapping +func (c *Glue) GetMappingRequest(input *GetMappingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMappingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetMapping, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetMappingInput{} + } + + output = &GetMappingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetMapping API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Creates mappings. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetMapping for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMapping +func (c *Glue) GetMapping(input *GetMappingInput) (*GetMappingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetMappingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetMappingWithContext is the same as GetMapping with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetMapping for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetMappingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMappingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMappingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetMappingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetPartition = "GetPartition" + +// GetPartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetPartition operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetPartition for more information on using the GetPartition +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetPartitionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetPartitionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartition +func (c *Glue) GetPartitionRequest(input *GetPartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPartitionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetPartition, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetPartitionInput{} + } + + output = &GetPartitionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetPartition API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves information about a specified partition. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetPartition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartition +func (c *Glue) GetPartition(input *GetPartitionInput) (*GetPartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetPartitionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetPartitionWithContext is the same as GetPartition with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetPartition for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetPartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetPartitionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetPartitions = "GetPartitions" + +// GetPartitionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetPartitions operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetPartitions for more information on using the GetPartitions +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetPartitionsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetPartitionsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitions +func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsRequest(input *GetPartitionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPartitionsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetPartitions, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetPartitionsInput{} + } + + output = &GetPartitionsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetPartitions API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves information about the partitions in a table. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetPartitions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitions +func (c *Glue) GetPartitions(input *GetPartitionsInput) (*GetPartitionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetPartitionsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetPartitionsWithContext is the same as GetPartitions with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetPartitions for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPartitionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetPartitionsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetPartitionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetPartitions operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetPartitions method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetPartitions operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetPartitionsPages(params, +// func(page *GetPartitionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsPages(input *GetPartitionsInput, fn func(*GetPartitionsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetPartitionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetPartitionsPagesWithContext same as GetPartitionsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetPartitionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPartitionsInput, fn func(*GetPartitionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetPartitionsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetPartitionsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetPartitionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetPlan = "GetPlan" + +// GetPlanRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetPlan operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetPlan for more information on using the GetPlan +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetPlanRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetPlanRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPlan +func (c *Glue) GetPlanRequest(input *GetPlanInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPlanOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetPlan, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetPlanInput{} + } + + output = &GetPlanOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetPlan API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Gets a Python script to perform a specified mapping. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetPlan for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPlan +func (c *Glue) GetPlan(input *GetPlanInput) (*GetPlanOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetPlanRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetPlanWithContext is the same as GetPlan with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetPlan for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetPlanWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPlanInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPlanOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetPlanRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetTable = "GetTable" + +// GetTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetTable operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetTable for more information on using the GetTable +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetTableRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetTableRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTable +func (c *Glue) GetTableRequest(input *GetTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTableOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetTable, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetTableInput{} + } + + output = &GetTableOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetTable API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves the Table definition in a Data Catalog for a specified table. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetTable for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTable +func (c *Glue) GetTable(input *GetTableInput) (*GetTableOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetTableRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetTableWithContext is the same as GetTable with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetTable for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTableOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetTableRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetTableVersions = "GetTableVersions" + +// GetTableVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetTableVersions operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetTableVersions for more information on using the GetTableVersions +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetTableVersionsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetTableVersionsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersions +func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsRequest(input *GetTableVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTableVersionsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetTableVersions, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetTableVersionsInput{} + } + + output = &GetTableVersionsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetTableVersions API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves a list of strings that identify available versions of a specified +// table. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetTableVersions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersions +func (c *Glue) GetTableVersions(input *GetTableVersionsInput) (*GetTableVersionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetTableVersionsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetTableVersionsWithContext is the same as GetTableVersions with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetTableVersions for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTableVersionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetTableVersionsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetTableVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetTableVersions operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetTableVersions method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTableVersions operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetTableVersionsPages(params, +// func(page *GetTableVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsPages(input *GetTableVersionsInput, fn func(*GetTableVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext same as GetTableVersionsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetTableVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTableVersionsInput, fn func(*GetTableVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetTableVersionsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetTableVersionsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetTableVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetTables = "GetTables" + +// GetTablesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetTables operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetTables for more information on using the GetTables +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetTablesRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetTablesRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTables +func (c *Glue) GetTablesRequest(input *GetTablesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTablesOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetTables, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetTablesInput{} + } + + output = &GetTablesOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetTables API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves the definitions of some or all of the tables in a given Database. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetTables for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTables +func (c *Glue) GetTables(input *GetTablesInput) (*GetTablesOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetTablesRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetTablesWithContext is the same as GetTables with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetTables for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetTablesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTablesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTablesOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetTablesRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetTablesPages iterates over the pages of a GetTables operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetTables method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTables operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetTablesPages(params, +// func(page *GetTablesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetTablesPages(input *GetTablesInput, fn func(*GetTablesOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetTablesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetTablesPagesWithContext same as GetTablesPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetTablesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTablesInput, fn func(*GetTablesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetTablesInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetTablesRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetTablesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetTrigger = "GetTrigger" + +// GetTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetTrigger operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetTrigger for more information on using the GetTrigger +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetTriggerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetTriggerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTrigger +func (c *Glue) GetTriggerRequest(input *GetTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTriggerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetTrigger, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetTriggerInput{} + } + + output = &GetTriggerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetTrigger API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves the definition of a trigger. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetTrigger for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTrigger +func (c *Glue) GetTrigger(input *GetTriggerInput) (*GetTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetTriggerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetTriggerWithContext is the same as GetTrigger with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetTrigger for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetTriggerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetTriggers = "GetTriggers" + +// GetTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetTriggers operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetTriggers for more information on using the GetTriggers +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetTriggersRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetTriggersRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggers +func (c *Glue) GetTriggersRequest(input *GetTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetTriggersOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetTriggers, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetTriggersInput{} + } + + output = &GetTriggersOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetTriggers API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Gets all the triggers associated with a job. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetTriggers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggers +func (c *Glue) GetTriggers(input *GetTriggersInput) (*GetTriggersOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetTriggersRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetTriggersWithContext is the same as GetTriggers with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetTriggers for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetTriggersOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetTriggersRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetTriggersPages iterates over the pages of a GetTriggers operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetTriggers method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetTriggers operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetTriggersPages(params, +// func(page *GetTriggersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetTriggersPages(input *GetTriggersInput, fn func(*GetTriggersOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetTriggersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetTriggersPagesWithContext same as GetTriggersPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetTriggersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetTriggersInput, fn func(*GetTriggersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetTriggersInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetTriggersRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetTriggersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opGetUserDefinedFunction = "GetUserDefinedFunction" + +// GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the GetUserDefinedFunction +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunction +func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetUserDefinedFunction, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetUserDefinedFunctionInput{} + } + + output = &GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves a specified function definition from the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunction +func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunction(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as GetUserDefinedFunction with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetUserDefinedFunctions = "GetUserDefinedFunctions" + +// GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetUserDefinedFunctions operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetUserDefinedFunctions for more information on using the GetUserDefinedFunctions +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctions +func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetUserDefinedFunctions, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput{} + } + + output = &GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetUserDefinedFunctions API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Retrieves a multiple function definitions from the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation GetUserDefinedFunctions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctions +func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctions(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetUserDefinedFunctionsWithContext is the same as GetUserDefinedFunctions with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetUserDefinedFunctions for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages iterates over the pages of a GetUserDefinedFunctions operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See GetUserDefinedFunctions method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetUserDefinedFunctions operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages(params, +// func(page *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, fn func(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext same as GetUserDefinedFunctionsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) GetUserDefinedFunctionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, fn func(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opImportCatalogToGlue = "ImportCatalogToGlue" + +// ImportCatalogToGlueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ImportCatalogToGlue operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ImportCatalogToGlue for more information on using the ImportCatalogToGlue +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ImportCatalogToGlueRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ImportCatalogToGlue +func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opImportCatalogToGlue, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ImportCatalogToGlueInput{} + } + + output = &ImportCatalogToGlueOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ImportCatalogToGlue API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Imports an existing Athena Data Catalog to AWS Glue +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation ImportCatalogToGlue for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ImportCatalogToGlue +func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlue(input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) (*ImportCatalogToGlueOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ImportCatalogToGlueWithContext is the same as ImportCatalogToGlue with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ImportCatalogToGlue for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) ImportCatalogToGlueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportCatalogToGlueOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opResetJobBookmark = "ResetJobBookmark" + +// ResetJobBookmarkRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ResetJobBookmark operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ResetJobBookmark for more information on using the ResetJobBookmark +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ResetJobBookmarkRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ResetJobBookmarkRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResetJobBookmark +func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input *ResetJobBookmarkInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetJobBookmarkOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opResetJobBookmark, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ResetJobBookmarkInput{} + } + + output = &ResetJobBookmarkOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ResetJobBookmark API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Resets a bookmark entry. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation ResetJobBookmark for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResetJobBookmark +func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmark(input *ResetJobBookmarkInput) (*ResetJobBookmarkOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ResetJobBookmarkWithContext is the same as ResetJobBookmark with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ResetJobBookmark for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) ResetJobBookmarkWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetJobBookmarkInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetJobBookmarkOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opStartCrawler = "StartCrawler" + +// StartCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StartCrawler operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See StartCrawler for more information on using the StartCrawler +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the StartCrawlerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StartCrawlerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawler +func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerRequest(input *StartCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartCrawlerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opStartCrawler, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &StartCrawlerInput{} + } + + output = &StartCrawlerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// StartCrawler API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Starts a crawl using the specified crawler, regardless of what is scheduled. +// If the crawler is already running, does nothing. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation StartCrawler for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException "CrawlerRunningException" +// The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawler +func (c *Glue) StartCrawler(input *StartCrawlerInput) (*StartCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartCrawlerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// StartCrawlerWithContext is the same as StartCrawler with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See StartCrawler for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartCrawlerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opStartCrawlerSchedule = "StartCrawlerSchedule" + +// StartCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StartCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See StartCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the StartCrawlerSchedule +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the StartCrawlerScheduleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerSchedule +func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opStartCrawlerSchedule, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &StartCrawlerScheduleInput{} + } + + output = &StartCrawlerScheduleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// StartCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Changes the schedule state of the specified crawler to SCHEDULED, unless +// the crawler is already running or the schedule state is already SCHEDULED. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation StartCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeSchedulerRunningException "SchedulerRunningException" +// The specified scheduler is already running. +// +// * ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException "SchedulerTransitioningException" +// The specified scheduler is transitioning. +// +// * ErrCodeNoScheduleException "NoScheduleException" +// There is no applicable schedule. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerSchedule +func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerSchedule(input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) (*StartCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// StartCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as StartCrawlerSchedule with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See StartCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) StartCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opStartJobRun = "StartJobRun" + +// StartJobRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StartJobRun operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See StartJobRun for more information on using the StartJobRun +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the StartJobRunRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StartJobRunRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartJobRun +func (c *Glue) StartJobRunRequest(input *StartJobRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartJobRunOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opStartJobRun, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &StartJobRunInput{} + } + + output = &StartJobRunOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// StartJobRun API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Runs a job. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation StartJobRun for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" +// A resource numerical limit was exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentRunsExceededException "ConcurrentRunsExceededException" +// Too many jobs are being run concurrently. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartJobRun +func (c *Glue) StartJobRun(input *StartJobRunInput) (*StartJobRunOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartJobRunRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// StartJobRunWithContext is the same as StartJobRun with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See StartJobRun for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) StartJobRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartJobRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartJobRunOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartJobRunRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opStartTrigger = "StartTrigger" + +// StartTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StartTrigger operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See StartTrigger for more information on using the StartTrigger +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the StartTriggerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StartTriggerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartTrigger +func (c *Glue) StartTriggerRequest(input *StartTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartTriggerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opStartTrigger, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &StartTriggerInput{} + } + + output = &StartTriggerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// StartTrigger API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Starts an existing trigger. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation StartTrigger for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" +// A resource numerical limit was exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentRunsExceededException "ConcurrentRunsExceededException" +// Too many jobs are being run concurrently. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartTrigger +func (c *Glue) StartTrigger(input *StartTriggerInput) (*StartTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartTriggerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// StartTriggerWithContext is the same as StartTrigger with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See StartTrigger for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) StartTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartTriggerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opStopCrawler = "StopCrawler" + +// StopCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StopCrawler operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See StopCrawler for more information on using the StopCrawler +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the StopCrawlerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StopCrawlerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawler +func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerRequest(input *StopCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopCrawlerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opStopCrawler, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &StopCrawlerInput{} + } + + output = &StopCrawlerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// StopCrawler API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// If the specified crawler is running, stops the crawl. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation StopCrawler for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeCrawlerNotRunningException "CrawlerNotRunningException" +// The specified crawler is not running. +// +// * ErrCodeCrawlerStoppingException "CrawlerStoppingException" +// The specified crawler is stopping. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawler +func (c *Glue) StopCrawler(input *StopCrawlerInput) (*StopCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopCrawlerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// StopCrawlerWithContext is the same as StopCrawler with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See StopCrawler for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopCrawlerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opStopCrawlerSchedule = "StopCrawlerSchedule" + +// StopCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StopCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See StopCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the StopCrawlerSchedule +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the StopCrawlerScheduleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerSchedule +func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opStopCrawlerSchedule, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &StopCrawlerScheduleInput{} + } + + output = &StopCrawlerScheduleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// StopCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Sets the schedule state of the specified crawler to NOT_SCHEDULED, but does +// not stop the crawler if it is already running. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation StopCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeSchedulerNotRunningException "SchedulerNotRunningException" +// The specified scheduler is not running. +// +// * ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException "SchedulerTransitioningException" +// The specified scheduler is transitioning. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerSchedule +func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerSchedule(input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) (*StopCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// StopCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as StopCrawlerSchedule with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See StopCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) StopCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opStopTrigger = "StopTrigger" + +// StopTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StopTrigger operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See StopTrigger for more information on using the StopTrigger +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the StopTriggerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StopTriggerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopTrigger +func (c *Glue) StopTriggerRequest(input *StopTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopTriggerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opStopTrigger, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &StopTriggerInput{} + } + + output = &StopTriggerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// StopTrigger API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Stops a specified trigger. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation StopTrigger for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopTrigger +func (c *Glue) StopTrigger(input *StopTriggerInput) (*StopTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopTriggerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// StopTriggerWithContext is the same as StopTrigger with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See StopTrigger for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) StopTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopTriggerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateClassifier = "UpdateClassifier" + +// UpdateClassifierRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateClassifier operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateClassifier for more information on using the UpdateClassifier +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateClassifierRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateClassifierRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateClassifier +func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifierRequest(input *UpdateClassifierInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateClassifierOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateClassifier, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateClassifierInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateClassifierOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateClassifier API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Modifies an existing classifier (either a GrokClassifier or an XMLClassifier). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation UpdateClassifier for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeVersionMismatchException "VersionMismatchException" +// There was a version conflict. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateClassifier +func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifier(input *UpdateClassifierInput) (*UpdateClassifierOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateClassifierRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateClassifierWithContext is the same as UpdateClassifier with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateClassifier for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) UpdateClassifierWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateClassifierInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateClassifierOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateClassifierRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateConnection = "UpdateConnection" + +// UpdateConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateConnection operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateConnection for more information on using the UpdateConnection +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateConnectionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateConnectionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateConnection +func (c *Glue) UpdateConnectionRequest(input *UpdateConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateConnectionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateConnection, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateConnectionInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateConnectionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateConnection API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Updates a connection definition in the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation UpdateConnection for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateConnection +func (c *Glue) UpdateConnection(input *UpdateConnectionInput) (*UpdateConnectionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateConnectionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateConnectionWithContext is the same as UpdateConnection with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateConnection for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) UpdateConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateConnectionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateConnectionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateCrawler = "UpdateCrawler" + +// UpdateCrawlerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateCrawler operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateCrawler for more information on using the UpdateCrawler +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateCrawlerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateCrawlerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawler +func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateCrawlerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateCrawler, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateCrawlerInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateCrawlerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateCrawler API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Updates a crawler. If a crawler is running, you must stop it using StopCrawler +// before updating it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation UpdateCrawler for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeVersionMismatchException "VersionMismatchException" +// There was a version conflict. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException "CrawlerRunningException" +// The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawler +func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawler(input *UpdateCrawlerInput) (*UpdateCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateCrawlerWithContext is the same as UpdateCrawler with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateCrawler for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCrawlerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateCrawlerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateCrawlerSchedule = "UpdateCrawlerSchedule" + +// UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateCrawlerSchedule operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateCrawlerSchedule for more information on using the UpdateCrawlerSchedule +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerSchedule +func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateCrawlerSchedule, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateCrawlerSchedule API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Updates the schedule of a crawler using a cron expression. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation UpdateCrawlerSchedule for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeVersionMismatchException "VersionMismatchException" +// There was a version conflict. +// +// * ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException "SchedulerTransitioningException" +// The specified scheduler is transitioning. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerSchedule +func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerSchedule(input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateCrawlerScheduleWithContext is the same as UpdateCrawlerSchedule with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateCrawlerSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) UpdateCrawlerScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateDatabase = "UpdateDatabase" + +// UpdateDatabaseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateDatabase operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateDatabase for more information on using the UpdateDatabase +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDatabaseRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateDatabaseRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDatabase +func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabaseRequest(input *UpdateDatabaseInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDatabaseOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateDatabase, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateDatabaseInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateDatabaseOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateDatabase API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Updates an existing database definition in a Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation UpdateDatabase for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDatabase +func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabase(input *UpdateDatabaseInput) (*UpdateDatabaseOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateDatabaseRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateDatabaseWithContext is the same as UpdateDatabase with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateDatabase for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) UpdateDatabaseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDatabaseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDatabaseOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateDatabaseRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateDevEndpoint = "UpdateDevEndpoint" + +// UpdateDevEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateDevEndpoint operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateDevEndpoint for more information on using the UpdateDevEndpoint +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDevEndpointRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateDevEndpointRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDevEndpoint +func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input *UpdateDevEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDevEndpointOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateDevEndpoint, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateDevEndpointInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateDevEndpointOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateDevEndpoint API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Updates a specified DevEndpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation UpdateDevEndpoint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException" +// A value could not be validated. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDevEndpoint +func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpoint(input *UpdateDevEndpointInput) (*UpdateDevEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateDevEndpointWithContext is the same as UpdateDevEndpoint with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateDevEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) UpdateDevEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDevEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDevEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateJob = "UpdateJob" + +// UpdateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateJob operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateJob for more information on using the UpdateJob +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateJobRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateJobRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateJob +func (c *Glue) UpdateJobRequest(input *UpdateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateJobOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateJob, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateJobInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateJobOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateJob API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Updates an existing job definition. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation UpdateJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateJob +func (c *Glue) UpdateJob(input *UpdateJobInput) (*UpdateJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateJobRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateJobWithContext is the same as UpdateJob with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateJob for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) UpdateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateJobRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdatePartition = "UpdatePartition" + +// UpdatePartitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdatePartition operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdatePartition for more information on using the UpdatePartition +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePartitionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdatePartitionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdatePartition +func (c *Glue) UpdatePartitionRequest(input *UpdatePartitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePartitionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdatePartition, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdatePartitionInput{} + } + + output = &UpdatePartitionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdatePartition API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Updates a partition. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation UpdatePartition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdatePartition +func (c *Glue) UpdatePartition(input *UpdatePartitionInput) (*UpdatePartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdatePartitionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdatePartitionWithContext is the same as UpdatePartition with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdatePartition for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) UpdatePartitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePartitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePartitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdatePartitionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateTable = "UpdateTable" + +// UpdateTableRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateTable operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateTable for more information on using the UpdateTable +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateTableRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateTableRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTable +func (c *Glue) UpdateTableRequest(input *UpdateTableInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTableOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateTable, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateTableInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateTableOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateTable API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Updates a metadata table in the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation UpdateTable for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException" +// Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTable +func (c *Glue) UpdateTable(input *UpdateTableInput) (*UpdateTableOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateTableRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateTableWithContext is the same as UpdateTable with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateTable for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) UpdateTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTableInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTableOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateTableRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateTrigger = "UpdateTrigger" + +// UpdateTriggerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateTrigger operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateTrigger for more information on using the UpdateTrigger +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateTriggerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateTriggerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTrigger +func (c *Glue) UpdateTriggerRequest(input *UpdateTriggerInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTriggerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateTrigger, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateTriggerInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateTriggerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateTrigger API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Updates a trigger definition. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation UpdateTrigger for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTrigger +func (c *Glue) UpdateTrigger(input *UpdateTriggerInput) (*UpdateTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateTriggerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateTriggerWithContext is the same as UpdateTrigger with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateTrigger for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) UpdateTriggerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTriggerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTriggerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateTriggerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateUserDefinedFunction = "UpdateUserDefinedFunction" + +// UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateUserDefinedFunction operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateUserDefinedFunction for more information on using the UpdateUserDefinedFunction +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateUserDefinedFunction +func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateUserDefinedFunction, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateUserDefinedFunction API operation for AWS Glue. +// +// Updates an existing function definition in the Data Catalog. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Glue's +// API operation UpdateUserDefinedFunction for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException "EntityNotFoundException" +// A specified entity does not exist +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException" +// The input provided was not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException" +// An internal service error occurred. +// +// * ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException "OperationTimeoutException" +// The operation timed out. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateUserDefinedFunction +func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunction(input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext is the same as UpdateUserDefinedFunction with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateUserDefinedFunction for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Glue) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// Defines an action to be initiated by a trigger. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Action +type Action struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Arguments to be passed to the job. + Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // The name of a job to be executed. + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Action) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Action) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Action) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Action"} + if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value. +func (s *Action) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *Action { + s.Arguments = v + return s +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *Action) SetJobName(v string) *Action { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchCreatePartitionRequest +type BatchCreatePartitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the catalog in which the partion is to be created. Currently, this + // should be the AWS account ID. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be created. + // + // PartitionInputList is a required field + PartitionInputList []*PartitionInput `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created. + // + // TableName is a required field + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchCreatePartitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchCreatePartitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchCreatePartitionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionInputList == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionInputList")) + } + if s.TableName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName")) + } + if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionInputList != nil { + for i, v := range s.PartitionInputList { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionInputList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartitionInputList sets the PartitionInputList field's value. +func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInputList(v []*PartitionInput) *BatchCreatePartitionInput { + s.PartitionInputList = v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchCreatePartitionInput { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchCreatePartitionResponse +type BatchCreatePartitionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Errors encountered when trying to create the requested partitions. + Errors []*PartitionError `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchCreatePartitionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchCreatePartitionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value. +func (s *BatchCreatePartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*PartitionError) *BatchCreatePartitionOutput { + s.Errors = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteConnectionRequest +type BatchDeleteConnectionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A list of names of the connections to delete. + // + // ConnectionNameList is a required field + ConnectionNameList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeleteConnectionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeleteConnectionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDeleteConnectionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.ConnectionNameList == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionNameList")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeleteConnectionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetConnectionNameList sets the ConnectionNameList field's value. +func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) SetConnectionNameList(v []*string) *BatchDeleteConnectionInput { + s.ConnectionNameList = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteConnectionResponse +type BatchDeleteConnectionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A map of the names of connections that were not successfully deleted to error + // details. + Errors map[string]*ErrorDetail `type:"map"` + + // A list of names of the connection definitions that were successfully deleted. + Succeeded []*string `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value. +func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) SetErrors(v map[string]*ErrorDetail) *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput { + s.Errors = v + return s +} + +// SetSucceeded sets the Succeeded field's value. +func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) SetSucceeded(v []*string) *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput { + s.Succeeded = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeletePartitionRequest +type BatchDeletePartitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If + // none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be deleted. + // + // PartitionsToDelete is a required field + PartitionsToDelete []*PartitionValueList `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // The name of the table where the partitions to be deleted is located. + // + // TableName is a required field + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeletePartitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeletePartitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDeletePartitionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionsToDelete == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionsToDelete")) + } + if s.TableName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName")) + } + if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionsToDelete != nil { + for i, v := range s.PartitionsToDelete { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionsToDelete", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartitionsToDelete sets the PartitionsToDelete field's value. +func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetPartitionsToDelete(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchDeletePartitionInput { + s.PartitionsToDelete = v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchDeletePartitionInput { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeletePartitionResponse +type BatchDeletePartitionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Errors encountered when trying to delete the requested partitions. + Errors []*PartitionError `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeletePartitionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeletePartitionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value. +func (s *BatchDeletePartitionOutput) SetErrors(v []*PartitionError) *BatchDeletePartitionOutput { + s.Errors = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTableRequest +type BatchDeleteTableInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database where the tables to delete reside. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of the table to delete. + // + // TablesToDelete is a required field + TablesToDelete []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeleteTableInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeleteTableInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDeleteTableInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.TablesToDelete == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TablesToDelete")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchDeleteTableInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchDeleteTableInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetTablesToDelete sets the TablesToDelete field's value. +func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) SetTablesToDelete(v []*string) *BatchDeleteTableInput { + s.TablesToDelete = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTableResponse +type BatchDeleteTableOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of errors encountered in attempting to delete the specified tables. + Errors []*TableError `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeleteTableOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchDeleteTableOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value. +func (s *BatchDeleteTableOutput) SetErrors(v []*TableError) *BatchDeleteTableOutput { + s.Errors = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetPartitionRequest +type BatchGetPartitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none + // is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of partition values identifying the partitions to retrieve. + // + // PartitionsToGet is a required field + PartitionsToGet []*PartitionValueList `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // The name of the partitions' table. + // + // TableName is a required field + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchGetPartitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchGetPartitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetPartitionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionsToGet == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionsToGet")) + } + if s.TableName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName")) + } + if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionsToGet != nil { + for i, v := range s.PartitionsToGet { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionsToGet", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartitionsToGet sets the PartitionsToGet field's value. +func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetPartitionsToGet(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchGetPartitionInput { + s.PartitionsToGet = v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *BatchGetPartitionInput { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetPartitionResponse +type BatchGetPartitionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of the requested partitions. + Partitions []*Partition `type:"list"` + + // A list of the partition values in the request for which partions were not + // returned. + UnprocessedKeys []*PartitionValueList `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchGetPartitionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchGetPartitionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPartitions sets the Partitions field's value. +func (s *BatchGetPartitionOutput) SetPartitions(v []*Partition) *BatchGetPartitionOutput { + s.Partitions = v + return s +} + +// SetUnprocessedKeys sets the UnprocessedKeys field's value. +func (s *BatchGetPartitionOutput) SetUnprocessedKeys(v []*PartitionValueList) *BatchGetPartitionOutput { + s.UnprocessedKeys = v + return s +} + +// Details about the job run and the error that occurred while trying to submit +// it for stopping. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRunError +type BatchStopJobRunError struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The details of the error that occurred. + ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job. + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The job run Id. + JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchStopJobRunError) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchStopJobRunError) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value. +func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *BatchStopJobRunError { + s.ErrorDetail = v + return s +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunError { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value. +func (s *BatchStopJobRunError) SetJobRunId(v string) *BatchStopJobRunError { + s.JobRunId = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRunRequest +type BatchStopJobRunInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job whose job runs are to be stopped. + // + // JobName is a required field + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of job run Ids of the given job to be stopped. + // + // JobRunIds is a required field + JobRunIds []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchStopJobRunInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchStopJobRunInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchStopJobRunInput"} + if s.JobName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName")) + } + if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1)) + } + if s.JobRunIds == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobRunIds")) + } + if s.JobRunIds != nil && len(s.JobRunIds) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobRunIds", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunInput { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetJobRunIds sets the JobRunIds field's value. +func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) SetJobRunIds(v []*string) *BatchStopJobRunInput { + s.JobRunIds = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRunResponse +type BatchStopJobRunOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list containing the job run Ids and details of the error that occurred + // for each job run while submitting to stop. + Errors []*BatchStopJobRunError `type:"list"` + + // A list of job runs which are successfully submitted for stopping. + SuccessfulSubmissions []*BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchStopJobRunOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchStopJobRunOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value. +func (s *BatchStopJobRunOutput) SetErrors(v []*BatchStopJobRunError) *BatchStopJobRunOutput { + s.Errors = v + return s +} + +// SetSuccessfulSubmissions sets the SuccessfulSubmissions field's value. +func (s *BatchStopJobRunOutput) SetSuccessfulSubmissions(v []*BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) *BatchStopJobRunOutput { + s.SuccessfulSubmissions = v + return s +} + +// Details about the job run which is submitted successfully for stopping. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission +type BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job. + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The job run Id. + JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) SetJobName(v string) *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value. +func (s *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) SetJobRunId(v string) *BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission { + s.JobRunId = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies a table definition in the Data Catalog. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CatalogEntry +type CatalogEntry struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The database in which the table metadata resides. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The name of the table in question. + // + // TableName is a required field + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CatalogEntry) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CatalogEntry) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CatalogEntry) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CatalogEntry"} + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.TableName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName")) + } + if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *CatalogEntry) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CatalogEntry { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *CatalogEntry) SetTableName(v string) *CatalogEntry { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// A structure containing migration status information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CatalogImportStatus +type CatalogImportStatus struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // True if the migration has completed, or False otherwise. + ImportCompleted *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The time that the migration was started. + ImportTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The name of the person who initiated the migration. + ImportedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CatalogImportStatus) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CatalogImportStatus) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetImportCompleted sets the ImportCompleted field's value. +func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportCompleted(v bool) *CatalogImportStatus { + s.ImportCompleted = &v + return s +} + +// SetImportTime sets the ImportTime field's value. +func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportTime(v time.Time) *CatalogImportStatus { + s.ImportTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetImportedBy sets the ImportedBy field's value. +func (s *CatalogImportStatus) SetImportedBy(v string) *CatalogImportStatus { + s.ImportedBy = &v + return s +} + +// Classifiers are written in Python and triggered during a crawl task. You +// can write your own classifiers to best categorize your data sources and specify +// the appropriate schemas to use for them. A classifier checks whether a given +// file is in a format it can handle, and if it is, the classifier creates a +// schema in the form of a StructType object that matches that data format. +// +// A classifier can be either a grok classifier or an XML classifier, specified +// in one or the other field of the Classifier object. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Classifier +type Classifier struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A GrokClassifier object. + GrokClassifier *GrokClassifier `type:"structure"` + + // An XMLClassifier object. + XMLClassifier *XMLClassifier `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Classifier) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Classifier) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value. +func (s *Classifier) SetGrokClassifier(v *GrokClassifier) *Classifier { + s.GrokClassifier = v + return s +} + +// SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value. +func (s *Classifier) SetXMLClassifier(v *XMLClassifier) *Classifier { + s.XMLClassifier = v + return s +} + +// Represents a directional edge in a directed acyclic graph (DAG). +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CodeGenEdge +type CodeGenEdge struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the node at which the edge starts. + // + // Source is a required field + Source *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID of the node at which the edge ends. + // + // Target is a required field + Target *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The target of the edge. + TargetParameter *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CodeGenEdge) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CodeGenEdge) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CodeGenEdge) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CodeGenEdge"} + if s.Source == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source")) + } + if s.Source != nil && len(*s.Source) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Source", 1)) + } + if s.Target == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Target")) + } + if s.Target != nil && len(*s.Target) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Target", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSource sets the Source field's value. +func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetSource(v string) *CodeGenEdge { + s.Source = &v + return s +} + +// SetTarget sets the Target field's value. +func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetTarget(v string) *CodeGenEdge { + s.Target = &v + return s +} + +// SetTargetParameter sets the TargetParameter field's value. +func (s *CodeGenEdge) SetTargetParameter(v string) *CodeGenEdge { + s.TargetParameter = &v + return s +} + +// Represents a node in a directed acyclic graph (DAG) +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CodeGenNode +type CodeGenNode struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Properties of the node, in the form of name-value pairs. + // + // Args is a required field + Args []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // A node identifier that is unique within the node's graph. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The line number of the node. + LineNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The type of node this is. + // + // NodeType is a required field + NodeType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CodeGenNode) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CodeGenNode) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CodeGenNode) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CodeGenNode"} + if s.Args == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Args")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1)) + } + if s.NodeType == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NodeType")) + } + if s.Args != nil { + for i, v := range s.Args { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Args", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetArgs sets the Args field's value. +func (s *CodeGenNode) SetArgs(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *CodeGenNode { + s.Args = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *CodeGenNode) SetId(v string) *CodeGenNode { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetLineNumber sets the LineNumber field's value. +func (s *CodeGenNode) SetLineNumber(v int64) *CodeGenNode { + s.LineNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value. +func (s *CodeGenNode) SetNodeType(v string) *CodeGenNode { + s.NodeType = &v + return s +} + +// An argument or property of a node. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CodeGenNodeArg +type CodeGenNodeArg struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the argument or property. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // True if the value is used as a parameter. + Param *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The value of the argument or property. + // + // Value is a required field + Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CodeGenNodeArg) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CodeGenNodeArg) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CodeGenNodeArg"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Value == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetName(v string) *CodeGenNodeArg { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetParam sets the Param field's value. +func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetParam(v bool) *CodeGenNodeArg { + s.Param = &v + return s +} + +// SetValue sets the Value field's value. +func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) SetValue(v string) *CodeGenNodeArg { + s.Value = &v + return s +} + +// A column in a Table. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Column +type Column struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Free-form text comment. + Comment *string `type:"string"` + + // The name of the Column. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The datatype of data in the Column. + Type *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Column) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Column) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Column) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Column"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetComment sets the Comment field's value. +func (s *Column) SetComment(v string) *Column { + s.Comment = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Column) SetName(v string) *Column { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *Column) SetType(v string) *Column { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// Defines a condition under which a trigger fires. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Condition +type Condition struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job in question. + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A logical operator. + LogicalOperator *string `type:"string" enum:"LogicalOperator"` + + // The condition state. + State *string `type:"string" enum:"JobRunState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Condition) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Condition) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Condition) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Condition"} + if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *Condition) SetJobName(v string) *Condition { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetLogicalOperator sets the LogicalOperator field's value. +func (s *Condition) SetLogicalOperator(v string) *Condition { + s.LogicalOperator = &v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *Condition) SetState(v string) *Condition { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// Defines a connection to a data source. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Connection +type Connection struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of key-value pairs used as parameters for this connection. + ConnectionProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // The type of the connection. Currently, only JDBC is supported; SFTP is not + // supported. + ConnectionType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConnectionType"` + + // The time this connection definition was created. + CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Description of the connection. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // The user, group or role that last updated this connection definition. + LastUpdatedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The last time this connection definition was updated. + LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // A list of criteria that can be used in selecting this connection. + MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"` + + // The name of the connection definition. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A map of physical connection requirements, such as VPC and SecurityGroup, + // needed for making this connection successfully. + PhysicalConnectionRequirements *PhysicalConnectionRequirements `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Connection) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Connection) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConnectionProperties sets the ConnectionProperties field's value. +func (s *Connection) SetConnectionProperties(v map[string]*string) *Connection { + s.ConnectionProperties = v + return s +} + +// SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value. +func (s *Connection) SetConnectionType(v string) *Connection { + s.ConnectionType = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value. +func (s *Connection) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Connection { + s.CreationTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *Connection) SetDescription(v string) *Connection { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdatedBy sets the LastUpdatedBy field's value. +func (s *Connection) SetLastUpdatedBy(v string) *Connection { + s.LastUpdatedBy = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value. +func (s *Connection) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *Connection { + s.LastUpdatedTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value. +func (s *Connection) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *Connection { + s.MatchCriteria = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Connection) SetName(v string) *Connection { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements sets the PhysicalConnectionRequirements field's value. +func (s *Connection) SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements(v *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) *Connection { + s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements = v + return s +} + +// A structure used to specify a connection to create or update. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ConnectionInput +type ConnectionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of key-value pairs used as parameters for this connection. + ConnectionProperties map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // The type of the connection. Currently, only JDBC is supported; SFTP is not + // supported. + ConnectionType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConnectionType"` + + // Description of the connection. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // A list of criteria that can be used in selecting this connection. + MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"` + + // The name of the connection. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A map of physical connection requirements, such as VPC and SecurityGroup, + // needed for making this connection successfully. + PhysicalConnectionRequirements *PhysicalConnectionRequirements `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ConnectionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ConnectionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ConnectionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ConnectionInput"} + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + if s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements != nil { + if err := s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("PhysicalConnectionRequirements", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetConnectionProperties sets the ConnectionProperties field's value. +func (s *ConnectionInput) SetConnectionProperties(v map[string]*string) *ConnectionInput { + s.ConnectionProperties = v + return s +} + +// SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value. +func (s *ConnectionInput) SetConnectionType(v string) *ConnectionInput { + s.ConnectionType = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *ConnectionInput) SetDescription(v string) *ConnectionInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value. +func (s *ConnectionInput) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *ConnectionInput { + s.MatchCriteria = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *ConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *ConnectionInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements sets the PhysicalConnectionRequirements field's value. +func (s *ConnectionInput) SetPhysicalConnectionRequirements(v *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) *ConnectionInput { + s.PhysicalConnectionRequirements = v + return s +} + +// Specifies the connections used by a job. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ConnectionsList +type ConnectionsList struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of connections used by the job. + Connections []*string `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ConnectionsList) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ConnectionsList) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value. +func (s *ConnectionsList) SetConnections(v []*string) *ConnectionsList { + s.Connections = v + return s +} + +// Specifies a crawler program that examines a data source and uses classifiers +// to try to determine its schema. If successful, the crawler records metadata +// concerning the data source in the AWS Glue Data Catalog. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Crawler +type Crawler struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of custom classifiers associated with the crawler. + Classifiers []*string `type:"list"` + + // Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users + // to specify aspects of a Crawler's behavior. + // + // You can use this field to force partitions to inherit metadata such as classification, + // input format, output format, serde information, and schema from their parent + // table, rather than detect this information separately for each partition. + // Use the following JSON string to specify that behavior: + Configuration *string `type:"string"` + + // If the crawler is running, contains the total time elapsed since the last + // crawl began. + CrawlElapsedTime *int64 `type:"long"` + + // The time when the crawler was created. + CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The database where metadata is written by this crawler. + DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` + + // A description of the crawler. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // The status of the last crawl, and potentially error information if an error + // occurred. + LastCrawl *LastCrawlInfo `type:"structure"` + + // The time the crawler was last updated. + LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The crawler name. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The IAM role (or ARN of an IAM role) used to access customer resources, such + // as data in Amazon S3. + Role *string `type:"string"` + + // For scheduled crawlers, the schedule when the crawler runs. + Schedule *Schedule `type:"structure"` + + // Sets the behavior when the crawler finds a changed or deleted object. + SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"` + + // Indicates whether the crawler is running, or whether a run is pending. + State *string `type:"string" enum:"CrawlerState"` + + // The prefix added to the names of tables that are created. + TablePrefix *string `type:"string"` + + // A collection of targets to crawl. + Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure"` + + // The version of the crawler. + Version *int64 `type:"long"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Crawler) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Crawler) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *Crawler { + s.Classifiers = v + return s +} + +// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetConfiguration(v string) *Crawler { + s.Configuration = &v + return s +} + +// SetCrawlElapsedTime sets the CrawlElapsedTime field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetCrawlElapsedTime(v int64) *Crawler { + s.CrawlElapsedTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Crawler { + s.CreationTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Crawler { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetDescription(v string) *Crawler { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastCrawl sets the LastCrawl field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetLastCrawl(v *LastCrawlInfo) *Crawler { + s.LastCrawl = v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *Crawler { + s.LastUpdated = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetName(v string) *Crawler { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRole sets the Role field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetRole(v string) *Crawler { + s.Role = &v + return s +} + +// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetSchedule(v *Schedule) *Crawler { + s.Schedule = v + return s +} + +// SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *Crawler { + s.SchemaChangePolicy = v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetState(v string) *Crawler { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetTablePrefix(v string) *Crawler { + s.TablePrefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *Crawler { + s.Targets = v + return s +} + +// SetVersion sets the Version field's value. +func (s *Crawler) SetVersion(v int64) *Crawler { + s.Version = &v + return s +} + +// Metrics for a specified crawler. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CrawlerMetrics +type CrawlerMetrics struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the crawler. + CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The duration of the crawler's most recent run, in seconds. + LastRuntimeSeconds *float64 `type:"double"` + + // The median duration of this crawler's runs, in seconds. + MedianRuntimeSeconds *float64 `type:"double"` + + // True if the crawler is still estimating how long it will take to complete + // this run. + StillEstimating *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The number of tables created by this crawler. + TablesCreated *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The number of tables deleted by this crawler. + TablesDeleted *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The number of tables updated by this crawler. + TablesUpdated *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The estimated time left to complete a running crawl. + TimeLeftSeconds *float64 `type:"double"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CrawlerMetrics) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CrawlerMetrics) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value. +func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetCrawlerName(v string) *CrawlerMetrics { + s.CrawlerName = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastRuntimeSeconds sets the LastRuntimeSeconds field's value. +func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetLastRuntimeSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics { + s.LastRuntimeSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetMedianRuntimeSeconds sets the MedianRuntimeSeconds field's value. +func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetMedianRuntimeSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics { + s.MedianRuntimeSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetStillEstimating sets the StillEstimating field's value. +func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetStillEstimating(v bool) *CrawlerMetrics { + s.StillEstimating = &v + return s +} + +// SetTablesCreated sets the TablesCreated field's value. +func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesCreated(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics { + s.TablesCreated = &v + return s +} + +// SetTablesDeleted sets the TablesDeleted field's value. +func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesDeleted(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics { + s.TablesDeleted = &v + return s +} + +// SetTablesUpdated sets the TablesUpdated field's value. +func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTablesUpdated(v int64) *CrawlerMetrics { + s.TablesUpdated = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimeLeftSeconds sets the TimeLeftSeconds field's value. +func (s *CrawlerMetrics) SetTimeLeftSeconds(v float64) *CrawlerMetrics { + s.TimeLeftSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies data stores to crawl. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CrawlerTargets +type CrawlerTargets struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies JDBC targets. + JdbcTargets []*JdbcTarget `type:"list"` + + // Specifies Amazon S3 targets. + S3Targets []*S3Target `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CrawlerTargets) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CrawlerTargets) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJdbcTargets sets the JdbcTargets field's value. +func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetJdbcTargets(v []*JdbcTarget) *CrawlerTargets { + s.JdbcTargets = v + return s +} + +// SetS3Targets sets the S3Targets field's value. +func (s *CrawlerTargets) SetS3Targets(v []*S3Target) *CrawlerTargets { + s.S3Targets = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateClassifierRequest +type CreateClassifierInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A GrokClassifier object specifying the classifier to create. + GrokClassifier *CreateGrokClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` + + // An XMLClassifier object specifying the classifier to create. + XMLClassifier *CreateXMLClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateClassifierInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateClassifierInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateClassifierInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateClassifierInput"} + if s.GrokClassifier != nil { + if err := s.GrokClassifier.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("GrokClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.XMLClassifier != nil { + if err := s.XMLClassifier.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("XMLClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value. +func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetGrokClassifier(v *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput { + s.GrokClassifier = v + return s +} + +// SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value. +func (s *CreateClassifierInput) SetXMLClassifier(v *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) *CreateClassifierInput { + s.XMLClassifier = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateClassifierResponse +type CreateClassifierOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateClassifierOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateClassifierOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateConnectionRequest +type CreateConnectionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the connection. If none is + // supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A ConnectionInput object defining the connection to create. + // + // ConnectionInput is a required field + ConnectionInput *ConnectionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateConnectionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateConnectionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateConnectionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateConnectionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.ConnectionInput == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionInput")) + } + if s.ConnectionInput != nil { + if err := s.ConnectionInput.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("ConnectionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *CreateConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateConnectionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetConnectionInput sets the ConnectionInput field's value. +func (s *CreateConnectionInput) SetConnectionInput(v *ConnectionInput) *CreateConnectionInput { + s.ConnectionInput = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateConnectionResponse +type CreateConnectionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateConnectionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateConnectionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateCrawlerRequest +type CreateCrawlerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all + // AWS classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers always + // override the default classifiers for a given classification. + Classifiers []*string `type:"list"` + + // Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users + // to specify aspects of a Crawler's behavior. + // + // You can use this field to force partitions to inherit metadata such as classification, + // input format, output format, serde information, and schema from their parent + // table, rather than detect this information separately for each partition. + Configuration *string `type:"string"` + + // The AWS Glue database where results are written, such as: arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A description of the new crawler. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // Name of the new crawler. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The IAM role (or ARN of an IAM role) used by the new crawler to access customer + // resources. + // + // Role is a required field + Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules + // for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). + // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: + // cron(15 12 * * ? *). + Schedule *string `type:"string"` + + // Policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior. + SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"` + + // The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created. + TablePrefix *string `type:"string"` + + // A list of collection of targets to crawl. + // + // Targets is a required field + Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateCrawlerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateCrawlerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateCrawlerInput"} + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + if s.Role == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role")) + } + if s.Targets == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Targets")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value. +func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *CreateCrawlerInput { + s.Classifiers = v + return s +} + +// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value. +func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetConfiguration(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput { + s.Configuration = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRole sets the Role field's value. +func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput { + s.Role = &v + return s +} + +// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value. +func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput { + s.Schedule = &v + return s +} + +// SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value. +func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *CreateCrawlerInput { + s.SchemaChangePolicy = v + return s +} + +// SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value. +func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetTablePrefix(v string) *CreateCrawlerInput { + s.TablePrefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value. +func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *CreateCrawlerInput { + s.Targets = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateCrawlerResponse +type CreateCrawlerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateCrawlerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateCrawlerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDatabaseRequest +type CreateDatabaseInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the database. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A DatabaseInput object defining the metadata database to create in the catalog. + // + // DatabaseInput is a required field + DatabaseInput *DatabaseInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateDatabaseInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateDatabaseInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDatabaseInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseInput == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseInput")) + } + if s.DatabaseInput != nil { + if err := s.DatabaseInput.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("DatabaseInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateDatabaseInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseInput sets the DatabaseInput field's value. +func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) SetDatabaseInput(v *DatabaseInput) *CreateDatabaseInput { + s.DatabaseInput = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDatabaseResponse +type CreateDatabaseOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateDatabaseOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateDatabaseOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDevEndpointRequest +type CreateDevEndpointInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name to be assigned to the new DevEndpoint. + // + // EndpointName is a required field + EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Path to one or more Java Jars in an S3 bucket that should be loaded in your + // DevEndpoint. + ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"` + + // Path(s) to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that should be loaded + // in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated by + // a comma. + // + // Please note that only pure Python libraries can currently be used on a DevEndpoint. + // Libraries that rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) + // Python data analysis library, are not yet supported. + ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"` + + // The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) to allocate to this DevEndpoint. + NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The public key to use for authentication. + // + // PublicKey is a required field + PublicKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The IAM role for the DevEndpoint. + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Security group IDs for the security groups to be used by the new DevEndpoint. + SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"` + + // The subnet ID for the new DevEndpoint to use. + SubnetId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateDevEndpointInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateDevEndpointInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDevEndpointInput"} + if s.EndpointName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName")) + } + if s.PublicKey == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PublicKey")) + } + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput { + s.EndpointName = &v + return s +} + +// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput { + s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v + return s +} + +// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput { + s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointInput { + s.NumberOfNodes = &v + return s +} + +// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKey(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput { + s.PublicKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDevEndpointInput { + s.SecurityGroupIds = v + return s +} + +// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) SetSubnetId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointInput { + s.SubnetId = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDevEndpointResponse +type CreateDevEndpointOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The AWS availability zone where this DevEndpoint is located. + AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` + + // The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was created. + CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The name assigned to the new DevEndpoint. + EndpointName *string `type:"string"` + + // Path to one or more Java Jars in an S3 bucket that will be loaded in your + // DevEndpoint. + ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"` + + // Path(s) to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that will be loaded + // in your DevEndpoint. + ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"` + + // The reason for a current failure in this DevEndpoint. + FailureReason *string `type:"string"` + + // The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) allocated to this DevEndpoint. + NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The AWS ARN of the role assigned to the new DevEndpoint. + RoleArn *string `type:"string"` + + // The security groups assigned to the new DevEndpoint. + SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"` + + // The current status of the new DevEndpoint. + Status *string `type:"string"` + + // The subnet ID assigned to the new DevEndpoint. + SubnetId *string `type:"string"` + + // The ID of the VPC used by this DevEndpoint. + VpcId *string `type:"string"` + + // The address of the YARN endpoint used by this DevEndpoint. + YarnEndpointAddress *string `type:"string"` + + // The Apache Zeppelin port for the remote Apache Spark interpreter. + ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateDevEndpointOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.AvailabilityZone = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.CreatedTimestamp = &v + return s +} + +// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetEndpointName(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.EndpointName = &v + return s +} + +// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v + return s +} + +// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v + return s +} + +// SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetFailureReason(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.FailureReason = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.NumberOfNodes = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.SecurityGroupIds = v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetSubnetId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.SubnetId = &v + return s +} + +// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetVpcId(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.VpcId = &v + return s +} + +// SetYarnEndpointAddress sets the YarnEndpointAddress field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetYarnEndpointAddress(v string) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.YarnEndpointAddress = &v + return s +} + +// SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort sets the ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort field's value. +func (s *CreateDevEndpointOutput) SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort(v int64) *CreateDevEndpointOutput { + s.ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies a grok classifier for CreateClassifier to create. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateGrokClassifierRequest +type CreateGrokClassifierRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter, + // JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch Logs, and so on. + // + // Classification is a required field + Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Optional custom grok patterns used by this classifier. + CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"` + + // The grok pattern used by this classifier. + // + // GrokPattern is a required field + GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The name of the new classifier. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateGrokClassifierRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateGrokClassifierRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateGrokClassifierRequest"} + if s.Classification == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Classification")) + } + if s.GrokPattern == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GrokPattern")) + } + if s.GrokPattern != nil && len(*s.GrokPattern) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GrokPattern", 1)) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value. +func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest { + s.Classification = &v + return s +} + +// SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value. +func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest { + s.CustomPatterns = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value. +func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetGrokPattern(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest { + s.GrokPattern = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateGrokClassifierRequest { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateJobRequest +type CreateJobInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The number of capacity units allocated to this job. + AllocatedCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The JobCommand that executes this job. + // + // Command is a required field + Command *JobCommand `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The connections used for this job. + Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"` + + // The default parameters for this job. + DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // Description of the job. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed + // for this job. + ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"` + + // This field is reserved for future use. + LogUri *string `type:"string"` + + // The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails. + MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The name you assign to this job. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The role associated with this job. + // + // Role is a required field + Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateJobInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateJobInput"} + if s.Command == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Command")) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + if s.Role == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *CreateJobInput { + s.AllocatedCapacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetCommand sets the Command field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *CreateJobInput { + s.Command = v + return s +} + +// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *CreateJobInput { + s.Connections = v + return s +} + +// SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput { + s.DefaultArguments = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateJobInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *CreateJobInput { + s.ExecutionProperty = v + return s +} + +// SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetLogUri(v string) *CreateJobInput { + s.LogUri = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *CreateJobInput { + s.MaxRetries = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRole sets the Role field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateJobInput { + s.Role = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateJobResponse +type CreateJobOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The unique name of the new job that has been created. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartitionRequest +type CreatePartitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the catalog in which the partion is to be created. Currently, this + // should be the AWS account ID. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A PartitionInput structure defining the partition to be created. + // + // PartitionInput is a required field + PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created. + // + // TableName is a required field + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreatePartitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreatePartitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreatePartitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreatePartitionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionInput == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionInput")) + } + if s.TableName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName")) + } + if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionInput != nil { + if err := s.PartitionInput.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("PartitionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreatePartitionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreatePartitionInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartitionInput sets the PartitionInput field's value. +func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInput(v *PartitionInput) *CreatePartitionInput { + s.PartitionInput = v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *CreatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *CreatePartitionInput { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartitionResponse +type CreatePartitionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreatePartitionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreatePartitionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateScriptRequest +type CreateScriptInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of the edges in the DAG. + DagEdges []*CodeGenEdge `type:"list"` + + // A list of the nodes in the DAG. + DagNodes []*CodeGenNode `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateScriptInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateScriptInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateScriptInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateScriptInput"} + if s.DagEdges != nil { + for i, v := range s.DagEdges { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DagEdges", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.DagNodes != nil { + for i, v := range s.DagNodes { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DagNodes", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDagEdges sets the DagEdges field's value. +func (s *CreateScriptInput) SetDagEdges(v []*CodeGenEdge) *CreateScriptInput { + s.DagEdges = v + return s +} + +// SetDagNodes sets the DagNodes field's value. +func (s *CreateScriptInput) SetDagNodes(v []*CodeGenNode) *CreateScriptInput { + s.DagNodes = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateScriptResponse +type CreateScriptOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Python script generated from the DAG. + PythonScript *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateScriptOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateScriptOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value. +func (s *CreateScriptOutput) SetPythonScript(v string) *CreateScriptOutput { + s.PythonScript = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTableRequest +type CreateTableInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the Table. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The catalog database in which to create the new table. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The TableInput object that defines the metadata table to create in the catalog. + // + // TableInput is a required field + TableInput *TableInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateTableInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateTableInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateTableInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTableInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.TableInput == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableInput")) + } + if s.TableInput != nil { + if err := s.TableInput.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("TableInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *CreateTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateTableInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *CreateTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateTableInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetTableInput sets the TableInput field's value. +func (s *CreateTableInput) SetTableInput(v *TableInput) *CreateTableInput { + s.TableInput = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTableResponse +type CreateTableOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateTableOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateTableOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTriggerRequest +type CreateTriggerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The actions initiated by this trigger when it fires. + // + // Actions is a required field + Actions []*Action `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // A description of the new trigger. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // The name to assign to the new trigger. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A predicate to specify when the new trigger should fire. + Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"` + + // A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules + // for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). + // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: + // cron(15 12 * * ? *). + Schedule *string `type:"string"` + + // The type of the new trigger. + // + // Type is a required field + Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TriggerType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateTriggerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateTriggerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateTriggerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTriggerInput"} + if s.Actions == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Actions")) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + if s.Type == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) + } + if s.Actions != nil { + for i, v := range s.Actions { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Actions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.Predicate != nil { + if err := s.Predicate.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Predicate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetActions sets the Actions field's value. +func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetActions(v []*Action) *CreateTriggerInput { + s.Actions = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateTriggerInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *CreateTriggerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value. +func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *CreateTriggerInput { + s.Predicate = v + return s +} + +// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value. +func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *CreateTriggerInput { + s.Schedule = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *CreateTriggerInput) SetType(v string) *CreateTriggerInput { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTriggerResponse +type CreateTriggerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name assigned to the new trigger. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateTriggerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateTriggerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreateTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *CreateTriggerOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest +type CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the function. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database in which to create the function. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A FunctionInput object that defines the function to create in the Data Catalog. + // + // FunctionInput is a required field + FunctionInput *UserDefinedFunctionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.FunctionInput == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionInput")) + } + if s.FunctionInput != nil { + if err := s.FunctionInput.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("FunctionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetFunctionInput sets the FunctionInput field's value. +func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionInput(v *UserDefinedFunctionInput) *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.FunctionInput = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateUserDefinedFunctionResponse +type CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Specifies an XML classifier for CreateClassifier to create. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateXMLClassifierRequest +type CreateXMLClassifierRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches. + // + // Classification is a required field + Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The name of the classifier. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document + // being parsed. Note that this cannot be an empty element. It must contain + // child elements representing fields in the record. + RowTag *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateXMLClassifierRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateXMLClassifierRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateXMLClassifierRequest"} + if s.Classification == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Classification")) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value. +func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest { + s.Classification = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value. +func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) SetRowTag(v string) *CreateXMLClassifierRequest { + s.RowTag = &v + return s +} + +// The Database object represents a logical grouping of tables that may reside +// in a Hive metastore or an RDBMS. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Database +type Database struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The time at which the metadata database was created in the catalog. + CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Description of the database. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // The location of the database (for example, an HDFS path). + LocationUri *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Name of the database. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of key-value pairs that define parameters and properties of the database. + Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Database) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Database) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value. +func (s *Database) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *Database { + s.CreateTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *Database) SetDescription(v string) *Database { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetLocationUri sets the LocationUri field's value. +func (s *Database) SetLocationUri(v string) *Database { + s.LocationUri = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Database) SetName(v string) *Database { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. +func (s *Database) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Database { + s.Parameters = v + return s +} + +// The structure used to create or updata a database. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DatabaseInput +type DatabaseInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Description of the database + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // The location of the database (for example, an HDFS path). + LocationUri *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Name of the database. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of key-value pairs that define parameters and properties of the database. + Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DatabaseInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DatabaseInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DatabaseInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DatabaseInput"} + if s.LocationUri != nil && len(*s.LocationUri) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LocationUri", 1)) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *DatabaseInput) SetDescription(v string) *DatabaseInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetLocationUri sets the LocationUri field's value. +func (s *DatabaseInput) SetLocationUri(v string) *DatabaseInput { + s.LocationUri = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *DatabaseInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. +func (s *DatabaseInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *DatabaseInput { + s.Parameters = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteClassifierRequest +type DeleteClassifierInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the classifier to remove. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteClassifierInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteClassifierInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteClassifierInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteClassifierInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DeleteClassifierInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteClassifierInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteClassifierResponse +type DeleteClassifierOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteClassifierOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteClassifierOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteConnectionRequest +type DeleteConnectionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the connection to delete. + // + // ConnectionName is a required field + ConnectionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteConnectionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteConnectionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteConnectionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.ConnectionName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionName")) + } + if s.ConnectionName != nil && len(*s.ConnectionName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConnectionName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteConnectionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value. +func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) SetConnectionName(v string) *DeleteConnectionInput { + s.ConnectionName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteConnectionResponse +type DeleteConnectionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteConnectionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteConnectionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteCrawlerRequest +type DeleteCrawlerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the crawler to remove. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteCrawlerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteCrawlerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteCrawlerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteCrawlerInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DeleteCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteCrawlerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteCrawlerResponse +type DeleteCrawlerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteCrawlerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteCrawlerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDatabaseRequest +type DeleteDatabaseInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the Database to delete. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteDatabaseInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteDatabaseInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDatabaseInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteDatabaseInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteDatabaseInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDatabaseResponse +type DeleteDatabaseOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteDatabaseOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteDatabaseOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDevEndpointRequest +type DeleteDevEndpointInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the DevEndpoint. + // + // EndpointName is a required field + EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteDevEndpointInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteDevEndpointInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteDevEndpointInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDevEndpointInput"} + if s.EndpointName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value. +func (s *DeleteDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *DeleteDevEndpointInput { + s.EndpointName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDevEndpointResponse +type DeleteDevEndpointOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteDevEndpointOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteJobRequest +type DeleteJobInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job to delete. + // + // JobName is a required field + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteJobInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteJobInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteJobInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteJobInput"} + if s.JobName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName")) + } + if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *DeleteJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *DeleteJobInput { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteJobResponse +type DeleteJobOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job that was deleted. + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteJobOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteJobOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *DeleteJobOutput) SetJobName(v string) *DeleteJobOutput { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartitionRequest +type DeletePartitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If + // none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The values that define the partition. + // + // PartitionValues is a required field + PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // The name of the table where the partition to be deleted is located. + // + // TableName is a required field + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeletePartitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeletePartitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeletePartitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePartitionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionValues == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValues")) + } + if s.TableName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName")) + } + if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeletePartitionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeletePartitionInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value. +func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *DeletePartitionInput { + s.PartitionValues = v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *DeletePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *DeletePartitionInput { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartitionResponse +type DeletePartitionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeletePartitionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeletePartitionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTableRequest +type DeleteTableInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The name of the table to be deleted. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteTableInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteTableInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteTableInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTableInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteTableInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteTableInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DeleteTableInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTableInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTableResponse +type DeleteTableOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteTableOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteTableOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTriggerRequest +type DeleteTriggerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the trigger to delete. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteTriggerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteTriggerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteTriggerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTriggerInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DeleteTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTriggerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTriggerResponse +type DeleteTriggerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the trigger that was deleted. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteTriggerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteTriggerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DeleteTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteTriggerOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest +type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be deleted is located. If + // none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database where the function is located. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The name of the function definition to be deleted. + // + // FunctionName is a required field + FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.FunctionName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName")) + } + if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value. +func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.FunctionName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteUserDefinedFunctionResponse +type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// A development endpoint where a developer can remotely debug ETL scripts. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DevEndpoint +type DevEndpoint struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The AWS availability zone where this DevEndpoint is located. + AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` + + // The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was created. + CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The name of the DevEndpoint. + EndpointName *string `type:"string"` + + // Path to one or more Java Jars in an S3 bucket that should be loaded in your + // DevEndpoint. + // + // Please note that only pure Java/Scala libraries can currently be used on + // a DevEndpoint. + ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"` + + // Path(s) to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that should be loaded + // in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated by + // a comma. + // + // Please note that only pure Python libraries can currently be used on a DevEndpoint. + // Libraries that rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) + // Python data analysis library, are not yet supported. + ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"` + + // The reason for a current failure in this DevEndpoint. + FailureReason *string `type:"string"` + + // The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was last modified. + LastModifiedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The status of the last update. + LastUpdateStatus *string `type:"string"` + + // The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) allocated to this DevEndpoint. + NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The public address used by this DevEndpoint. + PublicAddress *string `type:"string"` + + // The public key to be used by this DevEndpoint for authentication. + PublicKey *string `type:"string"` + + // The AWS ARN of the IAM role used in this DevEndpoint. + RoleArn *string `type:"string"` + + // A list of security group identifiers used in this DevEndpoint. + SecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"` + + // The current status of this DevEndpoint. + Status *string `type:"string"` + + // The subnet ID for this DevEndpoint. + SubnetId *string `type:"string"` + + // The ID of the virtual private cloud (VPC) used by this DevEndpoint. + VpcId *string `type:"string"` + + // The YARN endpoint address used by this DevEndpoint. + YarnEndpointAddress *string `type:"string"` + + // The Apache Zeppelin port for the remote Apache Spark interpreter. + ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DevEndpoint) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DevEndpoint) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.AvailabilityZone = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreatedTimestamp sets the CreatedTimestamp field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetCreatedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DevEndpoint { + s.CreatedTimestamp = &v + return s +} + +// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetEndpointName(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.EndpointName = &v + return s +} + +// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v + return s +} + +// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v + return s +} + +// SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetFailureReason(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.FailureReason = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModifiedTimestamp sets the LastModifiedTimestamp field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetLastModifiedTimestamp(v time.Time) *DevEndpoint { + s.LastModifiedTimestamp = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdateStatus sets the LastUpdateStatus field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetLastUpdateStatus(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.LastUpdateStatus = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *DevEndpoint { + s.NumberOfNodes = &v + return s +} + +// SetPublicAddress sets the PublicAddress field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPublicAddress(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.PublicAddress = &v + return s +} + +// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetPublicKey(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.PublicKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetRoleArn(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *DevEndpoint { + s.SecurityGroupIds = v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetStatus(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetSubnetId(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.SubnetId = &v + return s +} + +// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetVpcId(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.VpcId = &v + return s +} + +// SetYarnEndpointAddress sets the YarnEndpointAddress field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetYarnEndpointAddress(v string) *DevEndpoint { + s.YarnEndpointAddress = &v + return s +} + +// SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort sets the ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort field's value. +func (s *DevEndpoint) SetZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort(v int64) *DevEndpoint { + s.ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort = &v + return s +} + +// Custom libraries to be loaded into a DevEndpoint. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DevEndpointCustomLibraries +type DevEndpointCustomLibraries struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Path to one or more Java Jars in an S3 bucket that should be loaded in your + // DevEndpoint. + // + // Please note that only pure Java/Scala libraries can currently be used on + // a DevEndpoint. + ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"` + + // Path(s) to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that should be loaded + // in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated by + // a comma. + // + // Please note that only pure Python libraries can currently be used on a DevEndpoint. + // Libraries that rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) + // Python data analysis library, are not yet supported. + ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DevEndpointCustomLibraries) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DevEndpointCustomLibraries) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetExtraJarsS3Path sets the ExtraJarsS3Path field's value. +func (s *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) SetExtraJarsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpointCustomLibraries { + s.ExtraJarsS3Path = &v + return s +} + +// SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path sets the ExtraPythonLibsS3Path field's value. +func (s *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) SetExtraPythonLibsS3Path(v string) *DevEndpointCustomLibraries { + s.ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = &v + return s +} + +// Contains details about an error. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ErrorDetail +type ErrorDetail struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The code associated with this error. + ErrorCode *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A message describing the error. + ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ErrorDetail) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ErrorDetail) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value. +func (s *ErrorDetail) SetErrorCode(v string) *ErrorDetail { + s.ErrorCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value. +func (s *ErrorDetail) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ErrorDetail { + s.ErrorMessage = &v + return s +} + +// An execution property of a job. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ExecutionProperty +type ExecutionProperty struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The maximum number of concurrent runs allowed for a job. + MaxConcurrentRuns *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ExecutionProperty) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ExecutionProperty) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMaxConcurrentRuns sets the MaxConcurrentRuns field's value. +func (s *ExecutionProperty) SetMaxConcurrentRuns(v int64) *ExecutionProperty { + s.MaxConcurrentRuns = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCatalogImportStatusRequest +type GetCatalogImportStatusInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the catalog to migrate. Currently, this should be the AWS account + // ID. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCatalogImportStatusInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCatalogImportStatusInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCatalogImportStatusInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetCatalogImportStatusInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCatalogImportStatusResponse +type GetCatalogImportStatusOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The status of the specified catalog migration. + ImportStatus *CatalogImportStatus `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetImportStatus sets the ImportStatus field's value. +func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) SetImportStatus(v *CatalogImportStatus) *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput { + s.ImportStatus = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifierRequest +type GetClassifierInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the classifier to retrieve. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetClassifierInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetClassifierInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetClassifierInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetClassifierInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetClassifierInput) SetName(v string) *GetClassifierInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifierResponse +type GetClassifierOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The requested classifier. + Classifier *Classifier `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetClassifierOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetClassifierOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetClassifier sets the Classifier field's value. +func (s *GetClassifierOutput) SetClassifier(v *Classifier) *GetClassifierOutput { + s.Classifier = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifiersRequest +type GetClassifiersInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Size of the list to return (optional). + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // An optional continuation token. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetClassifiersInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetClassifiersInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetClassifiersInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetClassifiersInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetClassifiersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetClassifiersInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetClassifiersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetClassifiersInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifiersResponse +type GetClassifiersOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The requested list of classifier objects. + Classifiers []*Classifier `type:"list"` + + // A continuation token. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetClassifiersOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetClassifiersOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value. +func (s *GetClassifiersOutput) SetClassifiers(v []*Classifier) *GetClassifiersOutput { + s.Classifiers = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetClassifiersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetClassifiersOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnectionRequest +type GetConnectionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the connection definition to retrieve. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetConnectionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetConnectionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetConnectionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetConnectionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetConnectionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *GetConnectionInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnectionResponse +type GetConnectionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The requested connection definition. + Connection *Connection `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetConnectionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetConnectionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConnection sets the Connection field's value. +func (s *GetConnectionOutput) SetConnection(v *Connection) *GetConnectionOutput { + s.Connection = v + return s +} + +// Filters the connection definitions returned by the GetConnections API. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnectionsFilter +type GetConnectionsFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The type of connections to return. Currently, only JDBC is supported; SFTP + // is not supported. + ConnectionType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConnectionType"` + + // A criteria string that must match the criteria recorded in the connection + // definition for that connection definition to be returned. + MatchCriteria []*string `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetConnectionsFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetConnectionsFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConnectionType sets the ConnectionType field's value. +func (s *GetConnectionsFilter) SetConnectionType(v string) *GetConnectionsFilter { + s.ConnectionType = &v + return s +} + +// SetMatchCriteria sets the MatchCriteria field's value. +func (s *GetConnectionsFilter) SetMatchCriteria(v []*string) *GetConnectionsFilter { + s.MatchCriteria = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnectionsRequest +type GetConnectionsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A filter that controls which connections will be returned. + Filter *GetConnectionsFilter `type:"structure"` + + // The maximum number of connections to return in one response. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetConnectionsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetConnectionsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetConnectionsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetConnectionsInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetConnectionsInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetFilter(v *GetConnectionsFilter) *GetConnectionsInput { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetConnectionsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetConnectionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetConnectionsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnectionsResponse +type GetConnectionsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of requested connection definitions. + ConnectionList []*Connection `type:"list"` + + // A continuation token, if the list of connections returned does not include + // the last of the filtered connections. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetConnectionsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetConnectionsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConnectionList sets the ConnectionList field's value. +func (s *GetConnectionsOutput) SetConnectionList(v []*Connection) *GetConnectionsOutput { + s.ConnectionList = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetConnectionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetConnectionsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerRequest +type GetCrawlerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the crawler to retrieve metadata for. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetCrawlerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCrawlerInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *GetCrawlerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerMetricsRequest +type GetCrawlerMetricsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of the names of crawlers about which to retrieve metrics. + CrawlerNameList []*string `type:"list"` + + // The maximum size of a list to return. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlerMetricsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlerMetricsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCrawlerMetricsInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCrawlerNameList sets the CrawlerNameList field's value. +func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetCrawlerNameList(v []*string) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput { + s.CrawlerNameList = v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlerMetricsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerMetricsResponse +type GetCrawlerMetricsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of metrics for the specified crawler. + CrawlerMetricsList []*CrawlerMetrics `type:"list"` + + // A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric + // available. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCrawlerMetricsList sets the CrawlerMetricsList field's value. +func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) SetCrawlerMetricsList(v []*CrawlerMetrics) *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput { + s.CrawlerMetricsList = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerResponse +type GetCrawlerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The metadata for the specified crawler. + Crawler *Crawler `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCrawler sets the Crawler field's value. +func (s *GetCrawlerOutput) SetCrawler(v *Crawler) *GetCrawlerOutput { + s.Crawler = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlersRequest +type GetCrawlersInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The number of crawlers to return on each call. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, if this is a continuation request. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlersInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlersInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetCrawlersInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCrawlersInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetCrawlersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetCrawlersInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetCrawlersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlersInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlersResponse +type GetCrawlersOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of crawler metadata. + Crawlers []*Crawler `type:"list"` + + // A continuation token, if the returned list has not reached the end of those + // defined in this customer account. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlersOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCrawlersOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCrawlers sets the Crawlers field's value. +func (s *GetCrawlersOutput) SetCrawlers(v []*Crawler) *GetCrawlersOutput { + s.Crawlers = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetCrawlersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCrawlersOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabaseRequest +type GetDatabaseInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the database to retrieve. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetDatabaseInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetDatabaseInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetDatabaseInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDatabaseInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetDatabaseInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *GetDatabaseInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabaseResponse +type GetDatabaseOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The definition of the specified database in the catalog. + Database *Database `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetDatabaseOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetDatabaseOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value. +func (s *GetDatabaseOutput) SetDatabase(v *Database) *GetDatabaseOutput { + s.Database = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabasesRequest +type GetDatabasesInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog from which to retrieve Databases. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The maximum number of databases to return in one response. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetDatabasesInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetDatabasesInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetDatabasesInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDatabasesInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetDatabasesInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetDatabasesInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetDatabasesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDatabasesInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabasesResponse +type GetDatabasesOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of Database objects from the specified catalog. + // + // DatabaseList is a required field + DatabaseList []*Database `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned + // if the current segment of the list is not the last. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetDatabasesOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetDatabasesOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDatabaseList sets the DatabaseList field's value. +func (s *GetDatabasesOutput) SetDatabaseList(v []*Database) *GetDatabasesOutput { + s.DatabaseList = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetDatabasesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDatabasesOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataflowGraphRequest +type GetDataflowGraphInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Python script to transform. + PythonScript *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetDataflowGraphInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetDataflowGraphInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value. +func (s *GetDataflowGraphInput) SetPythonScript(v string) *GetDataflowGraphInput { + s.PythonScript = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataflowGraphResponse +type GetDataflowGraphOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of the edges in the resulting DAG. + DagEdges []*CodeGenEdge `type:"list"` + + // A list of the nodes in the resulting DAG. + DagNodes []*CodeGenNode `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetDataflowGraphOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetDataflowGraphOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDagEdges sets the DagEdges field's value. +func (s *GetDataflowGraphOutput) SetDagEdges(v []*CodeGenEdge) *GetDataflowGraphOutput { + s.DagEdges = v + return s +} + +// SetDagNodes sets the DagNodes field's value. +func (s *GetDataflowGraphOutput) SetDagNodes(v []*CodeGenNode) *GetDataflowGraphOutput { + s.DagNodes = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpointRequest +type GetDevEndpointInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the DevEndpoint for which to retrieve information. + // + // EndpointName is a required field + EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetDevEndpointInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetDevEndpointInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetDevEndpointInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDevEndpointInput"} + if s.EndpointName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value. +func (s *GetDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *GetDevEndpointInput { + s.EndpointName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpointResponse +type GetDevEndpointOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A DevEndpoint definition. + DevEndpoint *DevEndpoint `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetDevEndpointOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDevEndpoint sets the DevEndpoint field's value. +func (s *GetDevEndpointOutput) SetDevEndpoint(v *DevEndpoint) *GetDevEndpointOutput { + s.DevEndpoint = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpointsRequest +type GetDevEndpointsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The maximum size of information to return. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetDevEndpointsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetDevEndpointsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDevEndpointsInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetDevEndpointsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDevEndpointsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpointsResponse +type GetDevEndpointsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of DevEndpoint definitions. + DevEndpoints []*DevEndpoint `type:"list"` + + // A continuation token, if not all DevEndpoint definitions have yet been returned. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetDevEndpointsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetDevEndpointsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDevEndpoints sets the DevEndpoints field's value. +func (s *GetDevEndpointsOutput) SetDevEndpoints(v []*DevEndpoint) *GetDevEndpointsOutput { + s.DevEndpoints = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetDevEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDevEndpointsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRequest +type GetJobInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job to retrieve. + // + // JobName is a required field + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetJobInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobInput"} + if s.JobName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName")) + } + if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *GetJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobInput { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobResponse +type GetJobOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The requested job definition. + Job *Job `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJob sets the Job field's value. +func (s *GetJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *GetJobOutput { + s.Job = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRunRequest +type GetJobRunInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the job being run. + // + // JobName is a required field + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of the predecessor runs to return as well. + PredecessorsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The ID of the job run. + // + // RunId is a required field + RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobRunInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobRunInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetJobRunInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobRunInput"} + if s.JobName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName")) + } + if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1)) + } + if s.RunId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RunId")) + } + if s.RunId != nil && len(*s.RunId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RunId", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobRunInput { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetPredecessorsIncluded sets the PredecessorsIncluded field's value. +func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetPredecessorsIncluded(v bool) *GetJobRunInput { + s.PredecessorsIncluded = &v + return s +} + +// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value. +func (s *GetJobRunInput) SetRunId(v string) *GetJobRunInput { + s.RunId = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRunResponse +type GetJobRunOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The requested job-run metadata. + JobRun *JobRun `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobRunOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobRunOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobRun sets the JobRun field's value. +func (s *GetJobRunOutput) SetJobRun(v *JobRun) *GetJobRunOutput { + s.JobRun = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRunsRequest +type GetJobRunsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job for which to retrieve all job runs. + // + // JobName is a required field + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The maximum size of the response. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobRunsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobRunsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetJobRunsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobRunsInput"} + if s.JobName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName")) + } + if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1)) + } + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetJobName(v string) *GetJobRunsInput { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetJobRunsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetJobRunsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobRunsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRunsResponse +type GetJobRunsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of job-run metatdata objects. + JobRuns []*JobRun `type:"list"` + + // A continuation token, if not all reequested job runs have been returned. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobRunsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobRunsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobRuns sets the JobRuns field's value. +func (s *GetJobRunsOutput) SetJobRuns(v []*JobRun) *GetJobRunsOutput { + s.JobRuns = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetJobRunsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobRunsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobsRequest +type GetJobsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The maximum size of the response. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetJobsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobsInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetJobsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetJobsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetJobsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobsResponse +type GetJobsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of jobs. + Jobs []*Job `type:"list"` + + // A continuation token, if not all jobs have yet been returned. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobs sets the Jobs field's value. +func (s *GetJobsOutput) SetJobs(v []*Job) *GetJobsOutput { + s.Jobs = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetJobsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetJobsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMappingRequest +type GetMappingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Parameters for the mapping. + Location *Location `type:"structure"` + + // A list of target tables. + Sinks []*CatalogEntry `type:"list"` + + // Specifies the source table. + // + // Source is a required field + Source *CatalogEntry `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetMappingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetMappingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetMappingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetMappingInput"} + if s.Source == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source")) + } + if s.Location != nil { + if err := s.Location.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Location", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Sinks != nil { + for i, v := range s.Sinks { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Sinks", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.Source != nil { + if err := s.Source.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Source", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetLocation sets the Location field's value. +func (s *GetMappingInput) SetLocation(v *Location) *GetMappingInput { + s.Location = v + return s +} + +// SetSinks sets the Sinks field's value. +func (s *GetMappingInput) SetSinks(v []*CatalogEntry) *GetMappingInput { + s.Sinks = v + return s +} + +// SetSource sets the Source field's value. +func (s *GetMappingInput) SetSource(v *CatalogEntry) *GetMappingInput { + s.Source = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMappingResponse +type GetMappingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of mappings to the specified targets. + // + // Mapping is a required field + Mapping []*MappingEntry `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetMappingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetMappingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMapping sets the Mapping field's value. +func (s *GetMappingOutput) SetMapping(v []*MappingEntry) *GetMappingOutput { + s.Mapping = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitionRequest +type GetPartitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition in question resides. If none + // is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database where the partition resides. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The values that define the partition. + // + // PartitionValues is a required field + PartitionValues []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // The name of the partition's table. + // + // TableName is a required field + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetPartitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetPartitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetPartitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPartitionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionValues == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValues")) + } + if s.TableName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName")) + } + if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetPartitionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetPartitionInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *GetPartitionInput { + s.PartitionValues = v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetPartitionInput { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitionResponse +type GetPartitionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The requested information, in the form of a Partition object. + Partition *Partition `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetPartitionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetPartitionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPartition sets the Partition field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionOutput) SetPartition(v *Partition) *GetPartitionOutput { + s.Partition = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitionsRequest +type GetPartitionsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none + // is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An expression filtering the partitions to be returned. + Expression *string `type:"string"` + + // The maximum number of partitions to return in a single response. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, if this is not the first call to retrieve these partitions. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // The segment of the table's partitions to scan in this request. + Segment *Segment `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the partitions' table. + // + // TableName is a required field + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetPartitionsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetPartitionsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetPartitionsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPartitionsInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + if s.TableName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName")) + } + if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1)) + } + if s.Segment != nil { + if err := s.Segment.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Segment", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetPartitionsInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetPartitionsInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetExpression(v string) *GetPartitionsInput { + s.Expression = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetPartitionsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegment sets the Segment field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetSegment(v *Segment) *GetPartitionsInput { + s.Segment = v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionsInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetPartitionsInput { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitionsResponse +type GetPartitionsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A continuation token, if the returned list of partitions does not does not + // include the last one. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // A list of requested partitions. + Partitions []*Partition `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetPartitionsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetPartitionsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetPartitionsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartitions sets the Partitions field's value. +func (s *GetPartitionsOutput) SetPartitions(v []*Partition) *GetPartitionsOutput { + s.Partitions = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPlanRequest +type GetPlanInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Parameters for the mapping. + Location *Location `type:"structure"` + + // The list of mappings from a source table to target tables. + // + // Mapping is a required field + Mapping []*MappingEntry `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // The target tables. + Sinks []*CatalogEntry `type:"list"` + + // The source table. + // + // Source is a required field + Source *CatalogEntry `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetPlanInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetPlanInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetPlanInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPlanInput"} + if s.Mapping == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Mapping")) + } + if s.Source == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source")) + } + if s.Location != nil { + if err := s.Location.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Location", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Sinks != nil { + for i, v := range s.Sinks { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Sinks", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.Source != nil { + if err := s.Source.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Source", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetLocation sets the Location field's value. +func (s *GetPlanInput) SetLocation(v *Location) *GetPlanInput { + s.Location = v + return s +} + +// SetMapping sets the Mapping field's value. +func (s *GetPlanInput) SetMapping(v []*MappingEntry) *GetPlanInput { + s.Mapping = v + return s +} + +// SetSinks sets the Sinks field's value. +func (s *GetPlanInput) SetSinks(v []*CatalogEntry) *GetPlanInput { + s.Sinks = v + return s +} + +// SetSource sets the Source field's value. +func (s *GetPlanInput) SetSource(v *CatalogEntry) *GetPlanInput { + s.Source = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPlanResponse +type GetPlanOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A Python script to perform the mapping. + PythonScript *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetPlanOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetPlanOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPythonScript sets the PythonScript field's value. +func (s *GetPlanOutput) SetPythonScript(v string) *GetPlanOutput { + s.PythonScript = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableRequest +type GetTableInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The name of the table for which to retrieve the definition. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetTableInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetTableInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetTableInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTableInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTableInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *GetTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTableInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetTableInput) SetName(v string) *GetTableInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableResponse +type GetTableOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Table object that defines the specified table. + Table *Table `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetTableOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetTableOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetTable sets the Table field's value. +func (s *GetTableOutput) SetTable(v *Table) *GetTableOutput { + s.Table = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersionsRequest +type GetTableVersionsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The database in the catalog in which the table resides. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The maximum number of table versions to return in one response. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, if this is not the first call. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // The name of the table. + // + // TableName is a required field + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetTableVersionsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetTableVersionsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTableVersionsInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + if s.TableName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName")) + } + if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTableVersionsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) SetTableName(v string) *GetTableVersionsInput { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersionsResponse +type GetTableVersionsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A continuation token, if the list of available versions does not include + // the last one. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // A list of strings identifying available versions of the specified table. + TableVersions []*TableVersion `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetTableVersionsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetTableVersionsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetTableVersionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTableVersionsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetTableVersions sets the TableVersions field's value. +func (s *GetTableVersionsOutput) SetTableVersions(v []*TableVersion) *GetTableVersionsOutput { + s.TableVersions = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTablesRequest +type GetTablesInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The database in the catalog whose tables to list. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A regular expression pattern. If present, only those tables whose names match + // the pattern are returned. + Expression *string `type:"string"` + + // The maximum number of tables to return in a single response. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetTablesInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetTablesInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetTablesInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTablesInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetTablesInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetTablesInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *GetTablesInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetTablesInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value. +func (s *GetTablesInput) SetExpression(v string) *GetTablesInput { + s.Expression = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetTablesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTablesInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetTablesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTablesInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTablesResponse +type GetTablesOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // A list of the requested Table objects. + TableList []*Table `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetTablesOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetTablesOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetTablesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTablesOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetTableList sets the TableList field's value. +func (s *GetTablesOutput) SetTableList(v []*Table) *GetTablesOutput { + s.TableList = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggerRequest +type GetTriggerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the trigger to retrieve. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetTriggerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetTriggerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetTriggerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTriggerInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *GetTriggerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggerResponse +type GetTriggerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The requested trigger definition. + Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetTriggerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetTriggerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetTrigger sets the Trigger field's value. +func (s *GetTriggerOutput) SetTrigger(v *Trigger) *GetTriggerOutput { + s.Trigger = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggersRequest +type GetTriggersInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job for which to retrieve triggers. + DependentJobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The maximum size of the response. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetTriggersInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetTriggersInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetTriggersInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetTriggersInput"} + if s.DependentJobName != nil && len(*s.DependentJobName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DependentJobName", 1)) + } + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDependentJobName sets the DependentJobName field's value. +func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetDependentJobName(v string) *GetTriggersInput { + s.DependentJobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetTriggersInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetTriggersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTriggersInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggersResponse +type GetTriggersOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A continuation token, if not all the requested triggers have yet been returned. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // A list of triggers for the specified job. + Triggers []*Trigger `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetTriggersOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetTriggersOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetTriggersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetTriggersOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value. +func (s *GetTriggersOutput) SetTriggers(v []*Trigger) *GetTriggersOutput { + s.Triggers = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest +type GetUserDefinedFunctionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be retrieved is located. + // If none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database where the function is located. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The name of the function. + // + // FunctionName is a required field + FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetUserDefinedFunctionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.FunctionName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName")) + } + if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.FunctionName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctionResponse +type GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The requested function definition. + UserDefinedFunction *UserDefinedFunction `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetUserDefinedFunction sets the UserDefinedFunction field's value. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) SetUserDefinedFunction(v *UserDefinedFunction) *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput { + s.UserDefinedFunction = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest +type GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the functions to be retrieved are located. + // If none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database where the functions are located. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The maximum number of functions to return in one response. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // An optional function-name pattern string that filters the function definitions + // returned. + // + // Pattern is a required field + Pattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + if s.Pattern == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Pattern")) + } + if s.Pattern != nil && len(*s.Pattern) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Pattern", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetPattern sets the Pattern field's value. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) SetPattern(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput { + s.Pattern = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctionsResponse +type GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A continuation token, if the list of functions returned does not include + // the last requested function. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // A list of requested function definitions. + UserDefinedFunctions []*UserDefinedFunction `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetUserDefinedFunctions sets the UserDefinedFunctions field's value. +func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) SetUserDefinedFunctions(v []*UserDefinedFunction) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput { + s.UserDefinedFunctions = v + return s +} + +// A classifier that uses grok patterns. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GrokClassifier +type GrokClassifier struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter, + // JSON, Omniture logs, and so on. + // + // Classification is a required field + Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The time this classifier was registered. + CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Optional custom grok patterns defined by this classifier. For more information, + // see custom patterns in Writing Custom Classifers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html). + CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"` + + // The grok pattern applied to a data store by this classifier. For more information, + // see built-in patterns in Writing Custom Classifers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html). + // + // GrokPattern is a required field + GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The time this classifier was last updated. + LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The name of the classifier. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The version of this classifier. + Version *int64 `type:"long"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GrokClassifier) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GrokClassifier) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value. +func (s *GrokClassifier) SetClassification(v string) *GrokClassifier { + s.Classification = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value. +func (s *GrokClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *GrokClassifier { + s.CreationTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value. +func (s *GrokClassifier) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *GrokClassifier { + s.CustomPatterns = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value. +func (s *GrokClassifier) SetGrokPattern(v string) *GrokClassifier { + s.GrokPattern = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value. +func (s *GrokClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *GrokClassifier { + s.LastUpdated = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GrokClassifier) SetName(v string) *GrokClassifier { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersion sets the Version field's value. +func (s *GrokClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *GrokClassifier { + s.Version = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ImportCatalogToGlueRequest +type ImportCatalogToGlueInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the catalog to import. Currently, this should be the AWS account + // ID. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ImportCatalogToGlueInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ImportCatalogToGlueInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ImportCatalogToGlueInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *ImportCatalogToGlueInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ImportCatalogToGlueResponse +type ImportCatalogToGlueOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Specifies a JDBC data store to crawl. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/JdbcTarget +type JdbcTarget struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the connection to use to connect to the JDBC target. + ConnectionName *string `type:"string"` + + // A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information, + // see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html). + Exclusions []*string `type:"list"` + + // The path of the JDBC target. + Path *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JdbcTarget) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JdbcTarget) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConnectionName sets the ConnectionName field's value. +func (s *JdbcTarget) SetConnectionName(v string) *JdbcTarget { + s.ConnectionName = &v + return s +} + +// SetExclusions sets the Exclusions field's value. +func (s *JdbcTarget) SetExclusions(v []*string) *JdbcTarget { + s.Exclusions = v + return s +} + +// SetPath sets the Path field's value. +func (s *JdbcTarget) SetPath(v string) *JdbcTarget { + s.Path = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies a job in the Data Catalog. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Job +type Job struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The number of capacity units allocated to this job. + AllocatedCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The JobCommand that executes this job. + Command *JobCommand `type:"structure"` + + // The connections used for this job. + Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"` + + // The time and date that this job specification was created. + CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The default parameters for this job. + DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // Description of this job. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed + // for this job. + ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"` + + // The last point in time when this job specification was modified. + LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // This field is reserved for future use. + LogUri *string `type:"string"` + + // The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails. + MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The name you assign to this job. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The role associated with this job. + Role *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Job) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Job) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value. +func (s *Job) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *Job { + s.AllocatedCapacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetCommand sets the Command field's value. +func (s *Job) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *Job { + s.Command = v + return s +} + +// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value. +func (s *Job) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *Job { + s.Connections = v + return s +} + +// SetCreatedOn sets the CreatedOn field's value. +func (s *Job) SetCreatedOn(v time.Time) *Job { + s.CreatedOn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value. +func (s *Job) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *Job { + s.DefaultArguments = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *Job) SetDescription(v string) *Job { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value. +func (s *Job) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *Job { + s.ExecutionProperty = v + return s +} + +// SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value. +func (s *Job) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *Job { + s.LastModifiedOn = &v + return s +} + +// SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value. +func (s *Job) SetLogUri(v string) *Job { + s.LogUri = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value. +func (s *Job) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *Job { + s.MaxRetries = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Job) SetName(v string) *Job { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRole sets the Role field's value. +func (s *Job) SetRole(v string) *Job { + s.Role = &v + return s +} + +// Defines a point which a job can resume processing. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/JobBookmarkEntry +type JobBookmarkEntry struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The attempt ID number. + Attempt *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The bookmark itself. + JobBookmark *string `type:"string"` + + // Name of the job in question. + JobName *string `type:"string"` + + // The run ID number. + Run *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // Version of the job. + Version *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JobBookmarkEntry) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JobBookmarkEntry) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAttempt sets the Attempt field's value. +func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetAttempt(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry { + s.Attempt = &v + return s +} + +// SetJobBookmark sets the JobBookmark field's value. +func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetJobBookmark(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry { + s.JobBookmark = &v + return s +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetJobName(v string) *JobBookmarkEntry { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetRun sets the Run field's value. +func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetRun(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry { + s.Run = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersion sets the Version field's value. +func (s *JobBookmarkEntry) SetVersion(v int64) *JobBookmarkEntry { + s.Version = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies code that executes a job. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/JobCommand +type JobCommand struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of this job command. + Name *string `type:"string"` + + // Specifies the location of a script that executes a job. + ScriptLocation *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JobCommand) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JobCommand) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *JobCommand) SetName(v string) *JobCommand { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetScriptLocation sets the ScriptLocation field's value. +func (s *JobCommand) SetScriptLocation(v string) *JobCommand { + s.ScriptLocation = &v + return s +} + +// Contains information about a job run. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/JobRun +type JobRun struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The amount of infrastructure capacity allocated to this job run. + AllocatedCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The job arguments associated with this run. + Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // The number or the attempt to run this job. + Attempt *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The date and time this job run completed. + CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // An error message associated with this job run. + ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"` + + // The ID of this job run. + Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the job being run. + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The current state of the job run. + JobRunState *string `type:"string" enum:"JobRunState"` + + // The last time this job run was modified. + LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // A list of predecessors to this job run. + PredecessorRuns []*Predecessor `type:"list"` + + // The ID of the previous run of this job. + PreviousRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The date and time at which this job run was started. + StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The name of the trigger for this job run. + TriggerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JobRun) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JobRun) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *JobRun { + s.AllocatedCapacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *JobRun { + s.Arguments = v + return s +} + +// SetAttempt sets the Attempt field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetAttempt(v int64) *JobRun { + s.Attempt = &v + return s +} + +// SetCompletedOn sets the CompletedOn field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetCompletedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun { + s.CompletedOn = &v + return s +} + +// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetErrorMessage(v string) *JobRun { + s.ErrorMessage = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetId(v string) *JobRun { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetJobName(v string) *JobRun { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetJobRunState sets the JobRunState field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetJobRunState(v string) *JobRun { + s.JobRunState = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModifiedOn sets the LastModifiedOn field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetLastModifiedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun { + s.LastModifiedOn = &v + return s +} + +// SetPredecessorRuns sets the PredecessorRuns field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetPredecessorRuns(v []*Predecessor) *JobRun { + s.PredecessorRuns = v + return s +} + +// SetPreviousRunId sets the PreviousRunId field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetPreviousRunId(v string) *JobRun { + s.PreviousRunId = &v + return s +} + +// SetStartedOn sets the StartedOn field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *JobRun { + s.StartedOn = &v + return s +} + +// SetTriggerName sets the TriggerName field's value. +func (s *JobRun) SetTriggerName(v string) *JobRun { + s.TriggerName = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies information used to update an existing job. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/JobUpdate +type JobUpdate struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The number of capacity units allocated to this job. + AllocatedCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The JobCommand that executes this job. + Command *JobCommand `type:"structure"` + + // The connections used for this job. + Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"` + + // The default parameters for this job. + DefaultArguments map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // Description of the job. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed + // for this job. + ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"` + + // This field is reserved for future use. + LogUri *string `type:"string"` + + // The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails. + MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The role associated with this job. + Role *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JobUpdate) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JobUpdate) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value. +func (s *JobUpdate) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *JobUpdate { + s.AllocatedCapacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetCommand sets the Command field's value. +func (s *JobUpdate) SetCommand(v *JobCommand) *JobUpdate { + s.Command = v + return s +} + +// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value. +func (s *JobUpdate) SetConnections(v *ConnectionsList) *JobUpdate { + s.Connections = v + return s +} + +// SetDefaultArguments sets the DefaultArguments field's value. +func (s *JobUpdate) SetDefaultArguments(v map[string]*string) *JobUpdate { + s.DefaultArguments = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *JobUpdate) SetDescription(v string) *JobUpdate { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetExecutionProperty sets the ExecutionProperty field's value. +func (s *JobUpdate) SetExecutionProperty(v *ExecutionProperty) *JobUpdate { + s.ExecutionProperty = v + return s +} + +// SetLogUri sets the LogUri field's value. +func (s *JobUpdate) SetLogUri(v string) *JobUpdate { + s.LogUri = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxRetries sets the MaxRetries field's value. +func (s *JobUpdate) SetMaxRetries(v int64) *JobUpdate { + s.MaxRetries = &v + return s +} + +// SetRole sets the Role field's value. +func (s *JobUpdate) SetRole(v string) *JobUpdate { + s.Role = &v + return s +} + +// Status and error information about the most recent crawl. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/LastCrawlInfo +type LastCrawlInfo struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If an error occurred, the error information about the last crawl. + ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"` + + // The log group for the last crawl. + LogGroup *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The log stream for the last crawl. + LogStream *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The prefix for a message about this crawl. + MessagePrefix *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The time at which the crawl started. + StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Status of the last crawl. + Status *string `type:"string" enum:"LastCrawlStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LastCrawlInfo) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LastCrawlInfo) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value. +func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetErrorMessage(v string) *LastCrawlInfo { + s.ErrorMessage = &v + return s +} + +// SetLogGroup sets the LogGroup field's value. +func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetLogGroup(v string) *LastCrawlInfo { + s.LogGroup = &v + return s +} + +// SetLogStream sets the LogStream field's value. +func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetLogStream(v string) *LastCrawlInfo { + s.LogStream = &v + return s +} + +// SetMessagePrefix sets the MessagePrefix field's value. +func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetMessagePrefix(v string) *LastCrawlInfo { + s.MessagePrefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. +func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *LastCrawlInfo { + s.StartTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *LastCrawlInfo) SetStatus(v string) *LastCrawlInfo { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// The location of resources. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Location +type Location struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A JDBC location. + Jdbc []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"` + + // An Amazon S3 location. + S3 []*CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Location) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Location) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Location) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Location"} + if s.Jdbc != nil { + for i, v := range s.Jdbc { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Jdbc", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.S3 != nil { + for i, v := range s.S3 { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "S3", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetJdbc sets the Jdbc field's value. +func (s *Location) SetJdbc(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *Location { + s.Jdbc = v + return s +} + +// SetS3 sets the S3 field's value. +func (s *Location) SetS3(v []*CodeGenNodeArg) *Location { + s.S3 = v + return s +} + +// Defines a mapping. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/MappingEntry +type MappingEntry struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The source path. + SourcePath *string `type:"string"` + + // The name of the source table. + SourceTable *string `type:"string"` + + // The source type. + SourceType *string `type:"string"` + + // The target path. + TargetPath *string `type:"string"` + + // The target table. + TargetTable *string `type:"string"` + + // The target type. + TargetType *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MappingEntry) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MappingEntry) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetSourcePath sets the SourcePath field's value. +func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourcePath(v string) *MappingEntry { + s.SourcePath = &v + return s +} + +// SetSourceTable sets the SourceTable field's value. +func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourceTable(v string) *MappingEntry { + s.SourceTable = &v + return s +} + +// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. +func (s *MappingEntry) SetSourceType(v string) *MappingEntry { + s.SourceType = &v + return s +} + +// SetTargetPath sets the TargetPath field's value. +func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetPath(v string) *MappingEntry { + s.TargetPath = &v + return s +} + +// SetTargetTable sets the TargetTable field's value. +func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetTable(v string) *MappingEntry { + s.TargetTable = &v + return s +} + +// SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value. +func (s *MappingEntry) SetTargetType(v string) *MappingEntry { + s.TargetType = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies the sort order of a sorted column. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Order +type Order struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the column. + // + // Column is a required field + Column *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Indicates that the column is sorted in ascending order (== 1), or in descending + // order (==0). + // + // SortOrder is a required field + SortOrder *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Order) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Order) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Order) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Order"} + if s.Column == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Column")) + } + if s.Column != nil && len(*s.Column) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Column", 1)) + } + if s.SortOrder == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SortOrder")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetColumn sets the Column field's value. +func (s *Order) SetColumn(v string) *Order { + s.Column = &v + return s +} + +// SetSortOrder sets the SortOrder field's value. +func (s *Order) SetSortOrder(v int64) *Order { + s.SortOrder = &v + return s +} + +// Represents a slice of table data. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Partition +type Partition struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The time at which the partition was created. + CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The name of the catalog database where the table in question is located. + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The last time at which the partition was accessed. + LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The last time at which column statistics were computed for this partition. + LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Partition parameters, in the form of a list of key-value pairs. + Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // Provides information about the physical location where the partition is stored. + StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the table in question. + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The values of the partition. + Values []*string `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Partition) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Partition) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value. +func (s *Partition) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Partition { + s.CreationTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *Partition) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Partition { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value. +func (s *Partition) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *Partition { + s.LastAccessTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value. +func (s *Partition) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *Partition { + s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. +func (s *Partition) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Partition { + s.Parameters = v + return s +} + +// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value. +func (s *Partition) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *Partition { + s.StorageDescriptor = v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *Partition) SetTableName(v string) *Partition { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// SetValues sets the Values field's value. +func (s *Partition) SetValues(v []*string) *Partition { + s.Values = v + return s +} + +// Contains information about a partition error. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PartitionError +type PartitionError struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Details about the partition error. + ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"` + + // The values that define the partition. + PartitionValues []*string `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PartitionError) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PartitionError) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value. +func (s *PartitionError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *PartitionError { + s.ErrorDetail = v + return s +} + +// SetPartitionValues sets the PartitionValues field's value. +func (s *PartitionError) SetPartitionValues(v []*string) *PartitionError { + s.PartitionValues = v + return s +} + +// The structure used to create and update a partion. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PartitionInput +type PartitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The last time at which the partition was accessed. + LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The last time at which column statistics were computed for this partition. + LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Partition parameters, in the form of a list of key-value pairs. + Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // Provides information about the physical location where the partition is stored. + StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"` + + // The values of the partition. + Values []*string `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PartitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PartitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PartitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PartitionInput"} + if s.StorageDescriptor != nil { + if err := s.StorageDescriptor.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("StorageDescriptor", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value. +func (s *PartitionInput) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *PartitionInput { + s.LastAccessTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value. +func (s *PartitionInput) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *PartitionInput { + s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. +func (s *PartitionInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *PartitionInput { + s.Parameters = v + return s +} + +// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value. +func (s *PartitionInput) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *PartitionInput { + s.StorageDescriptor = v + return s +} + +// SetValues sets the Values field's value. +func (s *PartitionInput) SetValues(v []*string) *PartitionInput { + s.Values = v + return s +} + +// Contains a list of values defining partitions. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PartitionValueList +type PartitionValueList struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The list of values. + // + // Values is a required field + Values []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PartitionValueList) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PartitionValueList) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PartitionValueList) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PartitionValueList"} + if s.Values == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetValues sets the Values field's value. +func (s *PartitionValueList) SetValues(v []*string) *PartitionValueList { + s.Values = v + return s +} + +// Specifies the physical requirements for a connection. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PhysicalConnectionRequirements +type PhysicalConnectionRequirements struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The connection's availability zone. + AvailabilityZone *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The security group ID list used by the connection. + SecurityGroupIdList []*string `type:"list"` + + // The subnet ID used by the connection. + SubnetId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PhysicalConnectionRequirements) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PhysicalConnectionRequirements) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PhysicalConnectionRequirements"} + if s.AvailabilityZone != nil && len(*s.AvailabilityZone) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AvailabilityZone", 1)) + } + if s.SubnetId != nil && len(*s.SubnetId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SubnetId", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. +func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements { + s.AvailabilityZone = &v + return s +} + +// SetSecurityGroupIdList sets the SecurityGroupIdList field's value. +func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetSecurityGroupIdList(v []*string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements { + s.SecurityGroupIdList = v + return s +} + +// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value. +func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) SetSubnetId(v string) *PhysicalConnectionRequirements { + s.SubnetId = &v + return s +} + +// A job run that preceded this one. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Predecessor +type Predecessor struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the predecessor job. + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The job-run ID of the precessor job run. + RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Predecessor) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Predecessor) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *Predecessor) SetJobName(v string) *Predecessor { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetRunId sets the RunId field's value. +func (s *Predecessor) SetRunId(v string) *Predecessor { + s.RunId = &v + return s +} + +// Defines the predicate of the trigger, which determines when it fires. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Predicate +type Predicate struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of the conditions that determine when the trigger will fire. + Conditions []*Condition `type:"list"` + + // Currently "OR" is not supported. + Logical *string `type:"string" enum:"Logical"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Predicate) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Predicate) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Predicate) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Predicate"} + if s.Conditions != nil { + for i, v := range s.Conditions { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Conditions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value. +func (s *Predicate) SetConditions(v []*Condition) *Predicate { + s.Conditions = v + return s +} + +// SetLogical sets the Logical field's value. +func (s *Predicate) SetLogical(v string) *Predicate { + s.Logical = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResetJobBookmarkRequest +type ResetJobBookmarkInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job in question. + // + // JobName is a required field + JobName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ResetJobBookmarkInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ResetJobBookmarkInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ResetJobBookmarkInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetJobBookmarkInput"} + if s.JobName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *ResetJobBookmarkInput) SetJobName(v string) *ResetJobBookmarkInput { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResetJobBookmarkResponse +type ResetJobBookmarkOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The reset bookmark entry. + JobBookmarkEntry *JobBookmarkEntry `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ResetJobBookmarkOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ResetJobBookmarkOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobBookmarkEntry sets the JobBookmarkEntry field's value. +func (s *ResetJobBookmarkOutput) SetJobBookmarkEntry(v *JobBookmarkEntry) *ResetJobBookmarkOutput { + s.JobBookmarkEntry = v + return s +} + +// URIs for function resources. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResourceUri +type ResourceUri struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The type of the resource. + ResourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"` + + // The URI for accessing the resource. + Uri *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ResourceUri) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ResourceUri) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ResourceUri) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResourceUri"} + if s.Uri != nil && len(*s.Uri) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Uri", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value. +func (s *ResourceUri) SetResourceType(v string) *ResourceUri { + s.ResourceType = &v + return s +} + +// SetUri sets the Uri field's value. +func (s *ResourceUri) SetUri(v string) *ResourceUri { + s.Uri = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies a data store in Amazon S3. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/S3Target +type S3Target struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information, + // see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html). + Exclusions []*string `type:"list"` + + // The path to the Amazon S3 target. + Path *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s S3Target) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s S3Target) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetExclusions sets the Exclusions field's value. +func (s *S3Target) SetExclusions(v []*string) *S3Target { + s.Exclusions = v + return s +} + +// SetPath sets the Path field's value. +func (s *S3Target) SetPath(v string) *S3Target { + s.Path = &v + return s +} + +// A scheduling object using a cron statement to schedule an event. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Schedule +type Schedule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules + // for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). + // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: + // cron(15 12 * * ? *). + ScheduleExpression *string `type:"string"` + + // The state of the schedule. + State *string `type:"string" enum:"ScheduleState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Schedule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Schedule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetScheduleExpression sets the ScheduleExpression field's value. +func (s *Schedule) SetScheduleExpression(v string) *Schedule { + s.ScheduleExpression = &v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *Schedule) SetState(v string) *Schedule { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// Crawler policy for update and deletion behavior. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/SchemaChangePolicy +type SchemaChangePolicy struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The deletion behavior when the crawler finds a deleted object. + DeleteBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"DeleteBehavior"` + + // The update behavior when the crawler finds a changed schema. + UpdateBehavior *string `type:"string" enum:"UpdateBehavior"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SchemaChangePolicy) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SchemaChangePolicy) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDeleteBehavior sets the DeleteBehavior field's value. +func (s *SchemaChangePolicy) SetDeleteBehavior(v string) *SchemaChangePolicy { + s.DeleteBehavior = &v + return s +} + +// SetUpdateBehavior sets the UpdateBehavior field's value. +func (s *SchemaChangePolicy) SetUpdateBehavior(v string) *SchemaChangePolicy { + s.UpdateBehavior = &v + return s +} + +// Defines a non-overlapping region of a table's partitions, allowing multiple +// requests to be executed in parallel. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Segment +type Segment struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The zero-based index number of the this segment. For example, if the total + // number of segments is 4, SegmentNumber values will range from zero through + // three. + // + // SegmentNumber is a required field + SegmentNumber *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` + + // The total numer of segments. + // + // TotalSegments is a required field + TotalSegments *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Segment) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Segment) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Segment) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Segment"} + if s.SegmentNumber == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentNumber")) + } + if s.TotalSegments == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TotalSegments")) + } + if s.TotalSegments != nil && *s.TotalSegments < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TotalSegments", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSegmentNumber sets the SegmentNumber field's value. +func (s *Segment) SetSegmentNumber(v int64) *Segment { + s.SegmentNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetTotalSegments sets the TotalSegments field's value. +func (s *Segment) SetTotalSegments(v int64) *Segment { + s.TotalSegments = &v + return s +} + +// Information about a serialization/deserialization program (SerDe) which serves +// as an extractor and loader. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/SerDeInfo +type SerDeInfo struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the SerDe. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A list of initialization parameters for the SerDe, in key-value form. + Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // Usually the class that implements the SerDe. An example is: org.apache.hadoop.hive.serde2.columnar.ColumnarSerDe. + SerializationLibrary *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SerDeInfo) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SerDeInfo) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *SerDeInfo) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SerDeInfo"} + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + if s.SerializationLibrary != nil && len(*s.SerializationLibrary) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerializationLibrary", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *SerDeInfo) SetName(v string) *SerDeInfo { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. +func (s *SerDeInfo) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *SerDeInfo { + s.Parameters = v + return s +} + +// SetSerializationLibrary sets the SerializationLibrary field's value. +func (s *SerDeInfo) SetSerializationLibrary(v string) *SerDeInfo { + s.SerializationLibrary = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies skewed values in a table. Skewed are ones that occur with very +// high frequency. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/SkewedInfo +type SkewedInfo struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of names of columns that contain skewed values. + SkewedColumnNames []*string `type:"list"` + + // A mapping of skewed values to the columns that contain them. + SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // A list of values that appear so frequently as to be considered skewed. + SkewedColumnValues []*string `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SkewedInfo) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SkewedInfo) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetSkewedColumnNames sets the SkewedColumnNames field's value. +func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnNames(v []*string) *SkewedInfo { + s.SkewedColumnNames = v + return s +} + +// SetSkewedColumnValueLocationMaps sets the SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps field's value. +func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnValueLocationMaps(v map[string]*string) *SkewedInfo { + s.SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps = v + return s +} + +// SetSkewedColumnValues sets the SkewedColumnValues field's value. +func (s *SkewedInfo) SetSkewedColumnValues(v []*string) *SkewedInfo { + s.SkewedColumnValues = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerRequest +type StartCrawlerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the crawler to start. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartCrawlerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartCrawlerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StartCrawlerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartCrawlerInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *StartCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *StartCrawlerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerResponse +type StartCrawlerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartCrawlerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartCrawlerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerScheduleRequest +type StartCrawlerScheduleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the crawler to schedule. + // + // CrawlerName is a required field + CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartCrawlerScheduleInput"} + if s.CrawlerName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CrawlerName")) + } + if s.CrawlerName != nil && len(*s.CrawlerName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CrawlerName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value. +func (s *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *StartCrawlerScheduleInput { + s.CrawlerName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerScheduleResponse +type StartCrawlerScheduleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartJobRunRequest +type StartJobRunInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The infrastructure capacity to allocate to this job. + AllocatedCapacity *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // Specific arguments for this job run. + Arguments map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // The name of the job to start. + // + // JobName is a required field + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID of the job run to start. + JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartJobRunInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartJobRunInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StartJobRunInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartJobRunInput"} + if s.JobName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName")) + } + if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1)) + } + if s.JobRunId != nil && len(*s.JobRunId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobRunId", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAllocatedCapacity sets the AllocatedCapacity field's value. +func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetAllocatedCapacity(v int64) *StartJobRunInput { + s.AllocatedCapacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetArguments sets the Arguments field's value. +func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetArguments(v map[string]*string) *StartJobRunInput { + s.Arguments = v + return s +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetJobName(v string) *StartJobRunInput { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value. +func (s *StartJobRunInput) SetJobRunId(v string) *StartJobRunInput { + s.JobRunId = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartJobRunResponse +type StartJobRunOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID assigned to this job run. + JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartJobRunOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartJobRunOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobRunId sets the JobRunId field's value. +func (s *StartJobRunOutput) SetJobRunId(v string) *StartJobRunOutput { + s.JobRunId = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartTriggerRequest +type StartTriggerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the trigger to start. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartTriggerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartTriggerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StartTriggerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartTriggerInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *StartTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *StartTriggerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartTriggerResponse +type StartTriggerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the trigger that was started. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartTriggerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartTriggerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *StartTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *StartTriggerOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerRequest +type StopCrawlerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the crawler to stop. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopCrawlerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopCrawlerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StopCrawlerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopCrawlerInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *StopCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *StopCrawlerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerResponse +type StopCrawlerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopCrawlerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopCrawlerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerScheduleRequest +type StopCrawlerScheduleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the crawler whose schedule state to set. + // + // CrawlerName is a required field + CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopCrawlerScheduleInput"} + if s.CrawlerName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CrawlerName")) + } + if s.CrawlerName != nil && len(*s.CrawlerName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CrawlerName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value. +func (s *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *StopCrawlerScheduleInput { + s.CrawlerName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerScheduleResponse +type StopCrawlerScheduleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopTriggerRequest +type StopTriggerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the trigger to stop. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopTriggerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopTriggerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StopTriggerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopTriggerInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *StopTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *StopTriggerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopTriggerResponse +type StopTriggerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the trigger that was stopped. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopTriggerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopTriggerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *StopTriggerOutput) SetName(v string) *StopTriggerOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// Describes the physical storage of table data. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StorageDescriptor +type StorageDescriptor struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of reducer grouping columns, clustering columns, and bucketing columns + // in the table. + BucketColumns []*string `type:"list"` + + // A list of the Columns in the table. + Columns []*Column `type:"list"` + + // True if the data in the table is compressed, or False if not. + Compressed *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The input format: SequenceFileInputFormat (binary), or TextInputFormat, or + // a custom format. + InputFormat *string `type:"string"` + + // The physical location of the table. By default this takes the form of the + // warehouse location, followed by the database location in the warehouse, followed + // by the table name. + Location *string `type:"string"` + + // Must be specified if the table contains any dimension columns. + NumberOfBuckets *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The output format: SequenceFileOutputFormat (binary), or IgnoreKeyTextOutputFormat, + // or a custom format. + OutputFormat *string `type:"string"` + + // User-supplied properties in key-value form. + Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // Serialization/deserialization (SerDe) information. + SerdeInfo *SerDeInfo `type:"structure"` + + // Information about values that appear very frequently in a column (skewed + // values). + SkewedInfo *SkewedInfo `type:"structure"` + + // A list specifying the sort order of each bucket in the table. + SortColumns []*Order `type:"list"` + + // True if the table data is stored in subdirectories, or False if not. + StoredAsSubDirectories *bool `type:"boolean"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StorageDescriptor) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StorageDescriptor) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageDescriptor"} + if s.Columns != nil { + for i, v := range s.Columns { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Columns", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.SerdeInfo != nil { + if err := s.SerdeInfo.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("SerdeInfo", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.SortColumns != nil { + for i, v := range s.SortColumns { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "SortColumns", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucketColumns sets the BucketColumns field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetBucketColumns(v []*string) *StorageDescriptor { + s.BucketColumns = v + return s +} + +// SetColumns sets the Columns field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetColumns(v []*Column) *StorageDescriptor { + s.Columns = v + return s +} + +// SetCompressed sets the Compressed field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetCompressed(v bool) *StorageDescriptor { + s.Compressed = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputFormat sets the InputFormat field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetInputFormat(v string) *StorageDescriptor { + s.InputFormat = &v + return s +} + +// SetLocation sets the Location field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetLocation(v string) *StorageDescriptor { + s.Location = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumberOfBuckets sets the NumberOfBuckets field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetNumberOfBuckets(v int64) *StorageDescriptor { + s.NumberOfBuckets = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutputFormat sets the OutputFormat field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetOutputFormat(v string) *StorageDescriptor { + s.OutputFormat = &v + return s +} + +// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *StorageDescriptor { + s.Parameters = v + return s +} + +// SetSerdeInfo sets the SerdeInfo field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSerdeInfo(v *SerDeInfo) *StorageDescriptor { + s.SerdeInfo = v + return s +} + +// SetSkewedInfo sets the SkewedInfo field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSkewedInfo(v *SkewedInfo) *StorageDescriptor { + s.SkewedInfo = v + return s +} + +// SetSortColumns sets the SortColumns field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetSortColumns(v []*Order) *StorageDescriptor { + s.SortColumns = v + return s +} + +// SetStoredAsSubDirectories sets the StoredAsSubDirectories field's value. +func (s *StorageDescriptor) SetStoredAsSubDirectories(v bool) *StorageDescriptor { + s.StoredAsSubDirectories = &v + return s +} + +// Represents a collection of related data organized in columns and rows. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Table +type Table struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Time when the table definition was created in the Data Catalog. + CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Person or entity who created the table. + CreatedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Name of the metadata database where the table metadata resides. + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Description of the table. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // Last time the table was accessed. This is usually taken from HDFS, and may + // not be reliable. + LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Last time column statistics were computed for this table. + LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Name of the table. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Owner of the table. + Owner *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Properties associated with this table, as a list of key-value pairs. + Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // A list of columns by which the table is partitioned. Only primitive types + // are supported as partition keys. + PartitionKeys []*Column `type:"list"` + + // Retention time for this table. + Retention *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // A storage descriptor containing information about the physical storage of + // this table. + StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"` + + // The type of this table (EXTERNAL_TABLE, VIRTUAL_VIEW, etc.). + TableType *string `type:"string"` + + // Last time the table was updated. + UpdateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // If the table is a view, the expanded text of the view; otherwise null. + ViewExpandedText *string `type:"string"` + + // If the table is a view, the original text of the view; otherwise null. + ViewOriginalText *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Table) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Table) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value. +func (s *Table) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *Table { + s.CreateTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreatedBy sets the CreatedBy field's value. +func (s *Table) SetCreatedBy(v string) *Table { + s.CreatedBy = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *Table) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Table { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *Table) SetDescription(v string) *Table { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value. +func (s *Table) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *Table { + s.LastAccessTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value. +func (s *Table) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *Table { + s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Table) SetName(v string) *Table { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *Table) SetOwner(v string) *Table { + s.Owner = &v + return s +} + +// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. +func (s *Table) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *Table { + s.Parameters = v + return s +} + +// SetPartitionKeys sets the PartitionKeys field's value. +func (s *Table) SetPartitionKeys(v []*Column) *Table { + s.PartitionKeys = v + return s +} + +// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value. +func (s *Table) SetRetention(v int64) *Table { + s.Retention = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value. +func (s *Table) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *Table { + s.StorageDescriptor = v + return s +} + +// SetTableType sets the TableType field's value. +func (s *Table) SetTableType(v string) *Table { + s.TableType = &v + return s +} + +// SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value. +func (s *Table) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *Table { + s.UpdateTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetViewExpandedText sets the ViewExpandedText field's value. +func (s *Table) SetViewExpandedText(v string) *Table { + s.ViewExpandedText = &v + return s +} + +// SetViewOriginalText sets the ViewOriginalText field's value. +func (s *Table) SetViewOriginalText(v string) *Table { + s.ViewOriginalText = &v + return s +} + +// An error record for table operations. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/TableError +type TableError struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Detail about the error. + ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the table. + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TableError) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TableError) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrorDetail sets the ErrorDetail field's value. +func (s *TableError) SetErrorDetail(v *ErrorDetail) *TableError { + s.ErrorDetail = v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *TableError) SetTableName(v string) *TableError { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// Structure used to create or update the table. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/TableInput +type TableInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Description of the table. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // Last time the table was accessed. + LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Last time column statistics were computed for this table. + LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Name of the table. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Owner of the table. + Owner *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Properties associated with this table, as a list of key-value pairs. + Parameters map[string]*string `type:"map"` + + // A list of columns by which the table is partitioned. Only primitive types + // are supported as partition keys. + PartitionKeys []*Column `type:"list"` + + // Retention time for this table. + Retention *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // A storage descriptor containing information about the physical storage of + // this table. + StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"` + + // The type of this table (EXTERNAL_TABLE, VIRTUAL_VIEW, etc.). + TableType *string `type:"string"` + + // If the table is a view, the expanded text of the view; otherwise null. + ViewExpandedText *string `type:"string"` + + // If the table is a view, the original text of the view; otherwise null. + ViewOriginalText *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TableInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TableInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TableInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TableInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + if s.Owner != nil && len(*s.Owner) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Owner", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionKeys != nil { + for i, v := range s.PartitionKeys { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PartitionKeys", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.StorageDescriptor != nil { + if err := s.StorageDescriptor.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("StorageDescriptor", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetDescription(v string) *TableInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastAccessTime sets the LastAccessTime field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetLastAccessTime(v time.Time) *TableInput { + s.LastAccessTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastAnalyzedTime sets the LastAnalyzedTime field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetLastAnalyzedTime(v time.Time) *TableInput { + s.LastAnalyzedTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetName(v string) *TableInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetOwner(v string) *TableInput { + s.Owner = &v + return s +} + +// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetParameters(v map[string]*string) *TableInput { + s.Parameters = v + return s +} + +// SetPartitionKeys sets the PartitionKeys field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetPartitionKeys(v []*Column) *TableInput { + s.PartitionKeys = v + return s +} + +// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetRetention(v int64) *TableInput { + s.Retention = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageDescriptor sets the StorageDescriptor field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetStorageDescriptor(v *StorageDescriptor) *TableInput { + s.StorageDescriptor = v + return s +} + +// SetTableType sets the TableType field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetTableType(v string) *TableInput { + s.TableType = &v + return s +} + +// SetViewExpandedText sets the ViewExpandedText field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetViewExpandedText(v string) *TableInput { + s.ViewExpandedText = &v + return s +} + +// SetViewOriginalText sets the ViewOriginalText field's value. +func (s *TableInput) SetViewOriginalText(v string) *TableInput { + s.ViewOriginalText = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies a version of a table. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/TableVersion +type TableVersion struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The table in question + Table *Table `type:"structure"` + + // The ID value that identifies this table version. + VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TableVersion) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TableVersion) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetTable sets the Table field's value. +func (s *TableVersion) SetTable(v *Table) *TableVersion { + s.Table = v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *TableVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *TableVersion { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Information about a specific trigger. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/Trigger +type Trigger struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The actions initiated by this trigger. + Actions []*Action `type:"list"` + + // A description of this trigger. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // The trigger ID. + Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Name of the trigger. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The predicate of this trigger. + Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"` + + // A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules + // for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). + // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: + // cron(15 12 * * ? *). + Schedule *string `type:"string"` + + // The current state of the trigger. + State *string `type:"string" enum:"TriggerState"` + + // The type of trigger that this is. + Type *string `type:"string" enum:"TriggerType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Trigger) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Trigger) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetActions sets the Actions field's value. +func (s *Trigger) SetActions(v []*Action) *Trigger { + s.Actions = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *Trigger) SetDescription(v string) *Trigger { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *Trigger) SetId(v string) *Trigger { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Trigger) SetName(v string) *Trigger { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value. +func (s *Trigger) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *Trigger { + s.Predicate = v + return s +} + +// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value. +func (s *Trigger) SetSchedule(v string) *Trigger { + s.Schedule = &v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *Trigger) SetState(v string) *Trigger { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *Trigger) SetType(v string) *Trigger { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// A structure used to provide information used to updata a trigger. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/TriggerUpdate +type TriggerUpdate struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The actions initiated by this trigger. + Actions []*Action `type:"list"` + + // A description of this trigger. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // The name of the trigger. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The predicate of this trigger, which defines when it will fire. + Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"` + + // An updated cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules + // for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). + // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: + // cron(15 12 * * ? *). + Schedule *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TriggerUpdate) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TriggerUpdate) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TriggerUpdate) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TriggerUpdate"} + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + if s.Actions != nil { + for i, v := range s.Actions { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Actions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.Predicate != nil { + if err := s.Predicate.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Predicate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetActions sets the Actions field's value. +func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetActions(v []*Action) *TriggerUpdate { + s.Actions = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetDescription(v string) *TriggerUpdate { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetName(v string) *TriggerUpdate { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPredicate sets the Predicate field's value. +func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetPredicate(v *Predicate) *TriggerUpdate { + s.Predicate = v + return s +} + +// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value. +func (s *TriggerUpdate) SetSchedule(v string) *TriggerUpdate { + s.Schedule = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateClassifierRequest +type UpdateClassifierInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A GrokClassifier object with updated fields. + GrokClassifier *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` + + // An XMLClassifier object with updated fields. + XMLClassifier *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateClassifierInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateClassifierInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateClassifierInput"} + if s.GrokClassifier != nil { + if err := s.GrokClassifier.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("GrokClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.XMLClassifier != nil { + if err := s.XMLClassifier.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("XMLClassifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetGrokClassifier sets the GrokClassifier field's value. +func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetGrokClassifier(v *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput { + s.GrokClassifier = v + return s +} + +// SetXMLClassifier sets the XMLClassifier field's value. +func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) SetXMLClassifier(v *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) *UpdateClassifierInput { + s.XMLClassifier = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateClassifierResponse +type UpdateClassifierOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateClassifierOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateClassifierOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateConnectionRequest +type UpdateConnectionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A ConnectionInput object that redefines the connection in question. + // + // ConnectionInput is a required field + ConnectionInput *ConnectionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The name of the connection definition to update. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateConnectionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateConnectionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateConnectionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.ConnectionInput == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectionInput")) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + if s.ConnectionInput != nil { + if err := s.ConnectionInput.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("ConnectionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateConnectionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetConnectionInput sets the ConnectionInput field's value. +func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetConnectionInput(v *ConnectionInput) *UpdateConnectionInput { + s.ConnectionInput = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateConnectionInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateConnectionResponse +type UpdateConnectionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateConnectionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateConnectionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerRequest +type UpdateCrawlerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all + // classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers always + // override the default classifiers for a given classification. + Classifiers []*string `type:"list"` + + // Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users + // to specify aspects of a Crawler's behavior. + // + // You can use this field to force partitions to inherit metadata such as classification, + // input format, output format, serde information, and schema from their parent + // table, rather than detect this information separately for each partition. + // Use the following JSON string to specify that behavior: + Configuration *string `type:"string"` + + // The AWS Glue database where results are stored, such as: arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*. + DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` + + // A description of the new crawler. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // Name of the new crawler. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The IAM role (or ARN of an IAM role) used by the new crawler to access customer + // resources. + Role *string `type:"string"` + + // A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules + // for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). + // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: + // cron(15 12 * * ? *). + Schedule *string `type:"string"` + + // Policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior. + SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"` + + // The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created. + TablePrefix *string `type:"string"` + + // A list of targets to crawl. + Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateCrawlerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateCrawlerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateCrawlerInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClassifiers sets the Classifiers field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetClassifiers(v []*string) *UpdateCrawlerInput { + s.Classifiers = v + return s +} + +// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetConfiguration(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput { + s.Configuration = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRole sets the Role field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetRole(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput { + s.Role = &v + return s +} + +// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetSchedule(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput { + s.Schedule = &v + return s +} + +// SetSchemaChangePolicy sets the SchemaChangePolicy field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetSchemaChangePolicy(v *SchemaChangePolicy) *UpdateCrawlerInput { + s.SchemaChangePolicy = v + return s +} + +// SetTablePrefix sets the TablePrefix field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetTablePrefix(v string) *UpdateCrawlerInput { + s.TablePrefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) SetTargets(v *CrawlerTargets) *UpdateCrawlerInput { + s.Targets = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerResponse +type UpdateCrawlerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateCrawlerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateCrawlerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest +type UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the crawler whose schedule to update. + // + // CrawlerName is a required field + CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The updated cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based + // Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). + // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: + // cron(15 12 * * ? *). + Schedule *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput"} + if s.CrawlerName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CrawlerName")) + } + if s.CrawlerName != nil && len(*s.CrawlerName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CrawlerName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCrawlerName sets the CrawlerName field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) SetCrawlerName(v string) *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput { + s.CrawlerName = &v + return s +} + +// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value. +func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) SetSchedule(v string) *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput { + s.Schedule = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerScheduleResponse +type UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDatabaseRequest +type UpdateDatabaseInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the metadata database resides. If none + // is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // A DatabaseInput object specifying the new definition of the metadata database + // in the catalog. + // + // DatabaseInput is a required field + DatabaseInput *DatabaseInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The name of the metadata database to update in the catalog. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateDatabaseInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateDatabaseInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDatabaseInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseInput == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseInput")) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseInput != nil { + if err := s.DatabaseInput.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("DatabaseInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateDatabaseInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseInput sets the DatabaseInput field's value. +func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetDatabaseInput(v *DatabaseInput) *UpdateDatabaseInput { + s.DatabaseInput = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateDatabaseInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDatabaseResponse +type UpdateDatabaseOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateDatabaseOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateDatabaseOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDevEndpointRequest +type UpdateDevEndpointInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Custom Python or Java libraries to be loaded in the DevEndpoint. + CustomLibraries *DevEndpointCustomLibraries `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the DevEndpoint to be updated. + // + // EndpointName is a required field + EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The public key for the DevEndpoint to use. + PublicKey *string `type:"string"` + + // True if the list of custom libraries to be loaded in the development endpoint + // needs to be updated, or False otherwise. + UpdateEtlLibraries *bool `type:"boolean"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateDevEndpointInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateDevEndpointInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDevEndpointInput"} + if s.EndpointName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointName")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCustomLibraries sets the CustomLibraries field's value. +func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetCustomLibraries(v *DevEndpointCustomLibraries) *UpdateDevEndpointInput { + s.CustomLibraries = v + return s +} + +// SetEndpointName sets the EndpointName field's value. +func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetEndpointName(v string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput { + s.EndpointName = &v + return s +} + +// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value. +func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetPublicKey(v string) *UpdateDevEndpointInput { + s.PublicKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetUpdateEtlLibraries sets the UpdateEtlLibraries field's value. +func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) SetUpdateEtlLibraries(v bool) *UpdateDevEndpointInput { + s.UpdateEtlLibraries = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDevEndpointResponse +type UpdateDevEndpointOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateDevEndpointOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateDevEndpointOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Specifies a grok classifier to update when passed to UpdateClassifier. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateGrokClassifierRequest +type UpdateGrokClassifierRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter, + // JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch Logs, and so on. + Classification *string `type:"string"` + + // Optional custom grok patterns used by this classifier. + CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"` + + // The grok pattern used by this classifier. + GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the GrokClassifier. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateGrokClassifierRequest"} + if s.GrokPattern != nil && len(*s.GrokPattern) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GrokPattern", 1)) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value. +func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest { + s.Classification = &v + return s +} + +// SetCustomPatterns sets the CustomPatterns field's value. +func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetCustomPatterns(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest { + s.CustomPatterns = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrokPattern sets the GrokPattern field's value. +func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetGrokPattern(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest { + s.GrokPattern = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateJobRequest +type UpdateJobInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the job definition to update. + // + // JobName is a required field + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies the values with which to update the job. + // + // JobUpdate is a required field + JobUpdate *JobUpdate `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateJobInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateJobInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateJobInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateJobInput"} + if s.JobName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobName")) + } + if s.JobName != nil && len(*s.JobName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("JobName", 1)) + } + if s.JobUpdate == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobUpdate")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *UpdateJobInput) SetJobName(v string) *UpdateJobInput { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// SetJobUpdate sets the JobUpdate field's value. +func (s *UpdateJobInput) SetJobUpdate(v *JobUpdate) *UpdateJobInput { + s.JobUpdate = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateJobResponse +type UpdateJobOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Returns the name of the updated job. + JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateJobOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateJobOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobName sets the JobName field's value. +func (s *UpdateJobOutput) SetJobName(v string) *UpdateJobOutput { + s.JobName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdatePartitionRequest +type UpdatePartitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be updated resides. If + // none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The new partition object to which to update the partition. + // + // PartitionInput is a required field + PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // A list of the values defining the partition. + // + // PartitionValueList is a required field + PartitionValueList []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // The name of the table where the partition to be updated is located. + // + // TableName is a required field + TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdatePartitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdatePartitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePartitionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionInput == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionInput")) + } + if s.PartitionValueList == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartitionValueList")) + } + if s.TableName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName")) + } + if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 1)) + } + if s.PartitionInput != nil { + if err := s.PartitionInput.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("PartitionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartitionInput sets the PartitionInput field's value. +func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetPartitionInput(v *PartitionInput) *UpdatePartitionInput { + s.PartitionInput = v + return s +} + +// SetPartitionValueList sets the PartitionValueList field's value. +func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetPartitionValueList(v []*string) *UpdatePartitionInput { + s.PartitionValueList = v + return s +} + +// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value. +func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) SetTableName(v string) *UpdatePartitionInput { + s.TableName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdatePartitionResponse +type UpdatePartitionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdatePartitionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdatePartitionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTableRequest +type UpdateTableInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is supplied, + // the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An updated TableInput object to define the metadata table in the catalog. + // + // TableInput is a required field + TableInput *TableInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateTableInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateTableInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateTableInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTableInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.TableInput == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableInput")) + } + if s.TableInput != nil { + if err := s.TableInput.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("TableInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateTableInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateTableInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetTableInput sets the TableInput field's value. +func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetTableInput(v *TableInput) *UpdateTableInput { + s.TableInput = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTableResponse +type UpdateTableOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateTableOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateTableOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTriggerRequest +type UpdateTriggerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the trigger to update. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The new values with which to update the trigger. + // + // TriggerUpdate is a required field + TriggerUpdate *TriggerUpdate `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateTriggerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateTriggerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTriggerInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + if s.TriggerUpdate == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TriggerUpdate")) + } + if s.TriggerUpdate != nil { + if err := s.TriggerUpdate.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("TriggerUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateTriggerInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetTriggerUpdate sets the TriggerUpdate field's value. +func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) SetTriggerUpdate(v *TriggerUpdate) *UpdateTriggerInput { + s.TriggerUpdate = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTriggerResponse +type UpdateTriggerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The resulting trigger definition. + Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateTriggerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateTriggerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetTrigger sets the Trigger field's value. +func (s *UpdateTriggerOutput) SetTrigger(v *Trigger) *UpdateTriggerOutput { + s.Trigger = v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest +type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be updated is located. If + // none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. + CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the catalog database where the function to be updated is located. + // + // DatabaseName is a required field + DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A FunctionInput object that re-defines the function in the Data Catalog. + // + // FunctionInput is a required field + FunctionInput *UserDefinedFunctionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The name of the function. + // + // FunctionName is a required field + FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput"} + if s.CatalogId != nil && len(*s.CatalogId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CatalogId", 1)) + } + if s.DatabaseName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DatabaseName")) + } + if s.DatabaseName != nil && len(*s.DatabaseName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DatabaseName", 1)) + } + if s.FunctionInput == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionInput")) + } + if s.FunctionName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName")) + } + if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1)) + } + if s.FunctionInput != nil { + if err := s.FunctionInput.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("FunctionInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCatalogId sets the CatalogId field's value. +func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetCatalogId(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.CatalogId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. +func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.DatabaseName = &v + return s +} + +// SetFunctionInput sets the FunctionInput field's value. +func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionInput(v *UserDefinedFunctionInput) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.FunctionInput = v + return s +} + +// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value. +func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.FunctionName = &v + return s +} + +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateUserDefinedFunctionResponse +type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Specifies an XML classifier to be updated. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateXMLClassifierRequest +type UpdateXMLClassifierRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches. + Classification *string `type:"string"` + + // The name of the classifier. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document + // being parsed. Note that this cannot be an empty element. It must contain + // child elements representing fields in the record. + RowTag *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateXMLClassifierRequest"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value. +func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetClassification(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest { + s.Classification = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetName(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value. +func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) SetRowTag(v string) *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest { + s.RowTag = &v + return s +} + +// Represents the equivalent of a Hive user-defined function (UDF) definition. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UserDefinedFunction +type UserDefinedFunction struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Java class that contains the function code. + ClassName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The time at which the function was created. + CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The name of the function. + FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The owner of the function. + OwnerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The owner type. + OwnerType *string `type:"string" enum:"PrincipalType"` + + // The resource URIs for the function. + ResourceUris []*ResourceUri `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UserDefinedFunction) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UserDefinedFunction) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetClassName sets the ClassName field's value. +func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetClassName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction { + s.ClassName = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value. +func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *UserDefinedFunction { + s.CreateTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value. +func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetFunctionName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction { + s.FunctionName = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwnerName sets the OwnerName field's value. +func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetOwnerName(v string) *UserDefinedFunction { + s.OwnerName = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwnerType sets the OwnerType field's value. +func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetOwnerType(v string) *UserDefinedFunction { + s.OwnerType = &v + return s +} + +// SetResourceUris sets the ResourceUris field's value. +func (s *UserDefinedFunction) SetResourceUris(v []*ResourceUri) *UserDefinedFunction { + s.ResourceUris = v + return s +} + +// A structure used to create or updata a user-defined function. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UserDefinedFunctionInput +type UserDefinedFunctionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Java class that contains the function code. + ClassName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the function. + FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The owner of the function. + OwnerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The owner type. + OwnerType *string `type:"string" enum:"PrincipalType"` + + // The resource URIs for the function. + ResourceUris []*ResourceUri `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UserDefinedFunctionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UserDefinedFunctionInput"} + if s.ClassName != nil && len(*s.ClassName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ClassName", 1)) + } + if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1)) + } + if s.OwnerName != nil && len(*s.OwnerName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OwnerName", 1)) + } + if s.ResourceUris != nil { + for i, v := range s.ResourceUris { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ResourceUris", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetClassName sets the ClassName field's value. +func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetClassName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.ClassName = &v + return s +} + +// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value. +func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.FunctionName = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwnerName sets the OwnerName field's value. +func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetOwnerName(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.OwnerName = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwnerType sets the OwnerType field's value. +func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetOwnerType(v string) *UserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.OwnerType = &v + return s +} + +// SetResourceUris sets the ResourceUris field's value. +func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) SetResourceUris(v []*ResourceUri) *UserDefinedFunctionInput { + s.ResourceUris = v + return s +} + +// A classifier for XML content. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/XMLClassifier +type XMLClassifier struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches. + // + // Classification is a required field + Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The time this classifier was registered. + CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The time this classifier was last updated. + LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The name of the classifier. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document + // being parsed. Note that this cannot be an empty element. It must contain + // child elements representing fields in the record. + RowTag *string `type:"string"` + + // The version of this classifier. + Version *int64 `type:"long"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s XMLClassifier) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s XMLClassifier) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetClassification sets the Classification field's value. +func (s *XMLClassifier) SetClassification(v string) *XMLClassifier { + s.Classification = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value. +func (s *XMLClassifier) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *XMLClassifier { + s.CreationTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value. +func (s *XMLClassifier) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *XMLClassifier { + s.LastUpdated = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *XMLClassifier) SetName(v string) *XMLClassifier { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRowTag sets the RowTag field's value. +func (s *XMLClassifier) SetRowTag(v string) *XMLClassifier { + s.RowTag = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersion sets the Version field's value. +func (s *XMLClassifier) SetVersion(v int64) *XMLClassifier { + s.Version = &v + return s +} + +const ( + // ConnectionPropertyKeyHost is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value + ConnectionPropertyKeyHost = "HOST" + + // ConnectionPropertyKeyPort is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value + ConnectionPropertyKeyPort = "PORT" + + // ConnectionPropertyKeyUsername is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value + ConnectionPropertyKeyUsername = "USERNAME" + + // ConnectionPropertyKeyPassword is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value + ConnectionPropertyKeyPassword = "PASSWORD" + + // ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverJarUri is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value + ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverJarUri = "JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_URI" + + // ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverClassName is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value + ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverClassName = "JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME" + + // ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngine is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value + ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngine = "JDBC_ENGINE" + + // ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngineVersion is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value + ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngineVersion = "JDBC_ENGINE_VERSION" + + // ConnectionPropertyKeyConfigFiles is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value + ConnectionPropertyKeyConfigFiles = "CONFIG_FILES" + + // ConnectionPropertyKeyInstanceId is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value + ConnectionPropertyKeyInstanceId = "INSTANCE_ID" + + // ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcConnectionUrl is a ConnectionPropertyKey enum value + ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcConnectionUrl = "JDBC_CONNECTION_URL" +) + +const ( + // ConnectionTypeJdbc is a ConnectionType enum value + ConnectionTypeJdbc = "JDBC" + + // ConnectionTypeSftp is a ConnectionType enum value + ConnectionTypeSftp = "SFTP" +) + +const ( + // CrawlerStateReady is a CrawlerState enum value + CrawlerStateReady = "READY" + + // CrawlerStateRunning is a CrawlerState enum value + CrawlerStateRunning = "RUNNING" + + // CrawlerStateStopping is a CrawlerState enum value + CrawlerStateStopping = "STOPPING" +) + +const ( + // DeleteBehaviorLog is a DeleteBehavior enum value + DeleteBehaviorLog = "LOG" + + // DeleteBehaviorDeleteFromDatabase is a DeleteBehavior enum value + DeleteBehaviorDeleteFromDatabase = "DELETE_FROM_DATABASE" + + // DeleteBehaviorDeprecateInDatabase is a DeleteBehavior enum value + DeleteBehaviorDeprecateInDatabase = "DEPRECATE_IN_DATABASE" +) + +const ( + // JobRunStateStarting is a JobRunState enum value + JobRunStateStarting = "STARTING" + + // JobRunStateRunning is a JobRunState enum value + JobRunStateRunning = "RUNNING" + + // JobRunStateStopping is a JobRunState enum value + JobRunStateStopping = "STOPPING" + + // JobRunStateStopped is a JobRunState enum value + JobRunStateStopped = "STOPPED" + + // JobRunStateSucceeded is a JobRunState enum value + JobRunStateSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED" + + // JobRunStateFailed is a JobRunState enum value + JobRunStateFailed = "FAILED" +) + +const ( + // LastCrawlStatusSucceeded is a LastCrawlStatus enum value + LastCrawlStatusSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED" + + // LastCrawlStatusCancelled is a LastCrawlStatus enum value + LastCrawlStatusCancelled = "CANCELLED" + + // LastCrawlStatusFailed is a LastCrawlStatus enum value + LastCrawlStatusFailed = "FAILED" +) + +const ( + // LogicalAnd is a Logical enum value + LogicalAnd = "AND" +) + +const ( + // LogicalOperatorEquals is a LogicalOperator enum value + LogicalOperatorEquals = "EQUALS" +) + +const ( + // PrincipalTypeUser is a PrincipalType enum value + PrincipalTypeUser = "USER" + + // PrincipalTypeRole is a PrincipalType enum value + PrincipalTypeRole = "ROLE" + + // PrincipalTypeGroup is a PrincipalType enum value + PrincipalTypeGroup = "GROUP" +) + +const ( + // ResourceTypeJar is a ResourceType enum value + ResourceTypeJar = "JAR" + + // ResourceTypeFile is a ResourceType enum value + ResourceTypeFile = "FILE" + + // ResourceTypeArchive is a ResourceType enum value + ResourceTypeArchive = "ARCHIVE" +) + +const ( + // ScheduleStateScheduled is a ScheduleState enum value + ScheduleStateScheduled = "SCHEDULED" + + // ScheduleStateNotScheduled is a ScheduleState enum value + ScheduleStateNotScheduled = "NOT_SCHEDULED" + + // ScheduleStateTransitioning is a ScheduleState enum value + ScheduleStateTransitioning = "TRANSITIONING" +) + +const ( + // TriggerStateCreating is a TriggerState enum value + TriggerStateCreating = "CREATING" + + // TriggerStateCreated is a TriggerState enum value + TriggerStateCreated = "CREATED" + + // TriggerStateActivating is a TriggerState enum value + TriggerStateActivating = "ACTIVATING" + + // TriggerStateActivated is a TriggerState enum value + TriggerStateActivated = "ACTIVATED" + + // TriggerStateDeactivating is a TriggerState enum value + TriggerStateDeactivating = "DEACTIVATING" + + // TriggerStateDeactivated is a TriggerState enum value + TriggerStateDeactivated = "DEACTIVATED" + + // TriggerStateDeleting is a TriggerState enum value + TriggerStateDeleting = "DELETING" + + // TriggerStateUpdating is a TriggerState enum value + TriggerStateUpdating = "UPDATING" +) + +const ( + // TriggerTypeScheduled is a TriggerType enum value + TriggerTypeScheduled = "SCHEDULED" + + // TriggerTypeConditional is a TriggerType enum value + TriggerTypeConditional = "CONDITIONAL" + + // TriggerTypeOnDemand is a TriggerType enum value + TriggerTypeOnDemand = "ON_DEMAND" +) + +const ( + // UpdateBehaviorLog is a UpdateBehavior enum value + UpdateBehaviorLog = "LOG" + + // UpdateBehaviorUpdateInDatabase is a UpdateBehavior enum value + UpdateBehaviorUpdateInDatabase = "UPDATE_IN_DATABASE" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c25c96ea440 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package glue provides the client and types for making API +// requests to AWS Glue. +// +// Defines the public endpoint for the AWS Glue service. +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31 for more information on this service. +// +// See glue package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/glue/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To contact AWS Glue with the SDK use the New function to create +// a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. +// These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the AWS Glue client Glue for more +// information on creating client for this service. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/glue/#New +package glue diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c54357306fc --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package glue + +const ( + + // ErrCodeAccessDeniedException for service response error code + // "AccessDeniedException". + // + // Access to a resource was denied. + ErrCodeAccessDeniedException = "AccessDeniedException" + + // ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException for service response error code + // "AlreadyExistsException". + // + // A resource to be created or added already exists. + ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException = "AlreadyExistsException" + + // ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException for service response error code + // "ConcurrentModificationException". + // + // Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously. + ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException = "ConcurrentModificationException" + + // ErrCodeConcurrentRunsExceededException for service response error code + // "ConcurrentRunsExceededException". + // + // Too many jobs are being run concurrently. + ErrCodeConcurrentRunsExceededException = "ConcurrentRunsExceededException" + + // ErrCodeCrawlerNotRunningException for service response error code + // "CrawlerNotRunningException". + // + // The specified crawler is not running. + ErrCodeCrawlerNotRunningException = "CrawlerNotRunningException" + + // ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException for service response error code + // "CrawlerRunningException". + // + // The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running. + ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException = "CrawlerRunningException" + + // ErrCodeCrawlerStoppingException for service response error code + // "CrawlerStoppingException". + // + // The specified crawler is stopping. + ErrCodeCrawlerStoppingException = "CrawlerStoppingException" + + // ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException for service response error code + // "EntityNotFoundException". + // + // A specified entity does not exist + ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException = "EntityNotFoundException" + + // ErrCodeIdempotentParameterMismatchException for service response error code + // "IdempotentParameterMismatchException". + // + // The same unique identifier was associated with two different records. + ErrCodeIdempotentParameterMismatchException = "IdempotentParameterMismatchException" + + // ErrCodeInternalServiceException for service response error code + // "InternalServiceException". + // + // An internal service error occurred. + ErrCodeInternalServiceException = "InternalServiceException" + + // ErrCodeInvalidInputException for service response error code + // "InvalidInputException". + // + // The input provided was not valid. + ErrCodeInvalidInputException = "InvalidInputException" + + // ErrCodeNoScheduleException for service response error code + // "NoScheduleException". + // + // There is no applicable schedule. + ErrCodeNoScheduleException = "NoScheduleException" + + // ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException for service response error code + // "OperationTimeoutException". + // + // The operation timed out. + ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException = "OperationTimeoutException" + + // ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException for service response error code + // "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException". + // + // A resource numerical limit was exceeded. + ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException = "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" + + // ErrCodeSchedulerNotRunningException for service response error code + // "SchedulerNotRunningException". + // + // The specified scheduler is not running. + ErrCodeSchedulerNotRunningException = "SchedulerNotRunningException" + + // ErrCodeSchedulerRunningException for service response error code + // "SchedulerRunningException". + // + // The specified scheduler is already running. + ErrCodeSchedulerRunningException = "SchedulerRunningException" + + // ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException for service response error code + // "SchedulerTransitioningException". + // + // The specified scheduler is transitioning. + ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException = "SchedulerTransitioningException" + + // ErrCodeValidationException for service response error code + // "ValidationException". + // + // A value could not be validated. + ErrCodeValidationException = "ValidationException" + + // ErrCodeVersionMismatchException for service response error code + // "VersionMismatchException". + // + // There was a version conflict. + ErrCodeVersionMismatchException = "VersionMismatchException" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/service.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5e017698a2c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package glue + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc" +) + +// Glue provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// AWS Glue. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// Glue methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type Glue struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "glue" // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to. + EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the Glue client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// // Create a Glue client from just a session. +// svc := glue.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a Glue client with additional configuration +// svc := glue.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Glue { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *Glue { + svc := &Glue{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2017-03-31", + JSONVersion: "1.1", + TargetPrefix: "AWSGlue", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(jsonrpc.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(jsonrpc.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(jsonrpc.UnmarshalErrorHandler) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a Glue operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *Glue) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} diff --git a/vendor/vendor.json b/vendor/vendor.json index b063cb54ec2..5b0991f774c 100644 --- a/vendor/vendor.json +++ b/vendor/vendor.json @@ -566,6 +566,14 @@ "version": "v1.12.59", "versionExact": "v1.12.59" }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "HRmbBf3dUEBAfdC2xKaoWAGeM7Y=", + "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue", + "revision": "3c754f1d340244540350f0a00b940781bae9c905", + "revisionTime": "2018-01-09T22:08:02Z", + "version": "v1.12.59", + "versionExact": "v1.12.59" + }, { "checksumSHA1": "6JlxJoy1JCArNK2qBkaJ5IV6qBc=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/guardduty",